1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.189 2004/01/18 17:50:57 ca Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18 10 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a 11 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed 12 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company. 13 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and 14 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not 15 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of 16 Techfirm, Inc. 17 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the 18 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59. 19 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 20 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes 21 whose process id is the same as that of the initial 22 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon. 23 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 24 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied 25 recipient address also against the printable addresses 26 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses. 27 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum. 28 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the 29 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the 30 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland. 31 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages. 32 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 33 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit 34 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some 35 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works. 36 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with 37 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper 38 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us. 39 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of 40 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a 41 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 42 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which 43 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string". 44 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored. 45 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set 46 then a possible race condition for creating qf files 47 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not 48 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an 49 external application that accesses qf files. 50 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for 51 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options. 52 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df 53 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang 54 Breyha. 55 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been 56 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only 57 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the 58 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire 59 environment. 60 Portability: 61 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 62 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of 63 Sun Microsystems. 64 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data 65 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski. 66 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'. 67 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads. 68 New Files: 69 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 70 718.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17) 72 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem 73 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller 74 of Courtesan Consulting. 75 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem 76 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration; 77 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or 78 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then 79 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen. 80 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength. 81 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz. 82 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows. 83 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME 84 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 85 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message, 86 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher. 87 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP 88 transactions for broken clients which do not properly 89 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich. 90 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients. 91 Based on patch from Arne Jansen. 92 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts. 93 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when 94 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by 95 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia. 96 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO 97 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from 98 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd. 99 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt. 100 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU. 101 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version 102 to make sure they match. 103 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled 104 in the kernel. 105 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error, 106 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by 107 Bart Duchesne. 108 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which 109 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by 110 Craig Hunt. 111 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch 112 from Jerome Borsboom. 113 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl 114 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from 115 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo. 116 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an 117 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the 118 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered 119 after the close() and before the truncate(). 120 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a 121 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout). 122 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC. 123 Portability: 124 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University 125 of Washington for providing access to a computer 126 with AIX 5.2. 127 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from 128 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 129 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH 130 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker 131 of Harker Systems. 132 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on 133 your Linux distribution, compile with 134 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it. 135 Added Files: 136 devtools/OS/AIX.5.2 137 1388.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29 139 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 140 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 141 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 142 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 143 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 144 includes DNS. 145 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 146 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 147 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 148 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 149 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 150 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 151 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 152 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 153 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 154 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults, 155 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 156 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted 157 by Derek Wueppelmann. 158 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not 159 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings 160 College London. 161 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various 162 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by 163 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V. 164 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host. 165 Patch from Andrzej Filip. 166 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet'). 167 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable 168 text file instead of the database map. 169 Portability: 170 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the 171 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux. 172 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0 173 in which case the OS supplied version will be used. 174 1758.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11 176 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 177 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 178 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 179 of ISS X-Force. 180 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the 181 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in 182 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of 183 Stanford University Compilation Group. 184 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for 185 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos. 186 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed, 187 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated 188 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart. 189 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus 190 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()". 191 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether 192 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not 193 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 194 1958.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29 196 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 197 across various connections. This could cause session 198 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 199 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 200 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 201 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP 202 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found 203 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 204 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100 205 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by 206 Erik Parker. 207 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use 208 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5 209 is used. 210 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem 211 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 212 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics 213 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at 214 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some 215 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional 216 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 217 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by 218 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic. 219 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead 220 of 11 or higher. 221 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently 222 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM. 223 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless 224 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v). 225 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name" 226 to be run even if Runners=0. 227 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing 228 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE. 229 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 230 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo 231 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available. 232 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by 233 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 234 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in 235 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ. 236 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted 237 by John Majikes of IBM. 238 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across 239 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee. 240 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection 241 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil 242 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 243 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with 244 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems). 245 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr.. 246 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem 247 noted by Matthias Andree. 248 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some 249 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland. 250 Portability: 251 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25). 252 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken 253 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires 254 an argument, hence the builtin version of 255 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden 256 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by 257 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 258 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University 259 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 260 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson 261 of the TrustedBSD Project. 262 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX 263 system from Michel Bourget of SGI. 264 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman. 265 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky 266 Corporation. 267 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez. 268 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks 269 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik. 270 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus 271 DNS entries to get around access restrictions. 272 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting. 273 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default 274 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost 275 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or 276 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then 277 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment 278 in the file itself. 279 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid 280 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending 281 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of 282 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 283 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings. 284 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to 285 relay. 286 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included 287 in access_db. 288 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell. 289 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if 290 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs. 291 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 292 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64. 293 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole 294 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 295 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 296 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 297 Sun Microsystems. 298 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3) 299 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 300 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 301 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 302 iDEFENSE, Inc. 303 New Files: 304 devtools/OS/Interix 305 include/sm/bdb.h 306 3078.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26 308 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list 309 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option. 310 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost 311 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together. 312 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev. 313 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set 314 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 315 Courtesan Consulting. 316 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group 317 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem 318 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 319 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected 320 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 321 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 322 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to 323 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the 324 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff 325 Earickson of Colby College. 326 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails 327 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of 328 Courtesan Consulting. 329 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for 330 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH. 331 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries 332 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz 333 Henrique Duma of BSIOne. 334 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using 335 execve(). 336 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may 337 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem 338 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. 339 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up 340 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This 341 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with 342 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil 343 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 344 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data, 345 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are 346 supposed for addresses on the header content. 347 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset. 348 Portability: 349 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple 350 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on 351 fix from Scott Walters. 352 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 353 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell 354 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 355 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0). 356 NETISO support has been dropped. 357 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect 358 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT. 359 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only 360 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to 361 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts 362 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR 363 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this 364 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address 365 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain 366 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed 367 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original 368 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern 369 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by 370 Stefaan Van Hoornick. 371 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses 372 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}. 373 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 374 University. 375 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups. 376 Fix from Andrzej Filip. 377 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page 378 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 379 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a 380 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 381 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based 382 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 383 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 384 New Files: 385 contrib/etrn.0 386 3878.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25 388 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user 389 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration 390 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the 391 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence 392 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by 393 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems. 394 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS 395 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems 396 with rogue DNS servers. 397 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted 398 by Bryan Costales. 399 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for 400 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan 401 Costales. 402 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 403 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 404 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 405 Polytechnic Institute. 406 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered 407 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems. 408 Portability: 409 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later 410 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by 411 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin 412 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware. 413 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless 414 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped, 415 8.13 will change the default locking method to 416 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may 417 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with 418 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail 419 related programs to match locking techniques. 420 4218.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 422 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 423 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 424 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 425 section of the top level README for more information. 426 Problem noted by lumpy. 427 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 428 instead of 0644. 429 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 430 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 431 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 432 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 433 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 434 Purdue University. 435 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 436 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 437 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 438 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 439 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 440 of Active State. 441 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 442 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 443 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 444 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 445 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 446 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 447 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 448 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 449 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 450 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 451 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 452 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 453 or the queue. 454 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 455 user who started sendmail. 456 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 457 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 458 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 459 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 460 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 461 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 462 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 463 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 464 Portability: 465 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 466 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 467 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 468 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 469 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 470 Charles University in Prague. 471 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 472 memory. 473 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 474 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 475 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 476 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 477 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 478 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 479 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 480 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 481 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 482 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 483 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 484 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 485 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 486 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 487 noted by Bryan Costales. 488 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 489 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 490 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 491 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 492 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 493 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 494 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 495 match dnsbl change. 496 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 497 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 498 installing the sendmail statistics file. 499 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 500 a user's filter starts other applications. 501 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 502 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 503 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 504 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 505 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 506 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 507 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 508 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 509 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 510 noted by Bryan Costales. 511 New Files: 512 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 513 5148.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 515 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 516 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 517 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 518 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 519 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 520 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 521 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 522 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 523 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 524 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 525 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 526 University. 527 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 528 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 529 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 530 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 531 of INTERMETA. 532 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 533 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 534 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 535 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 536 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 537 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 538 ActiveState. 539 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 540 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 541 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 542 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 543 Northern Illinois University. 544 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 545 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 546 of Dinoex. 547 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 548 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 549 Polytechnic Institute. 550 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 551 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 552 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 553 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 554 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 555 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 556 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 557 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 558 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 559 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 560 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 561 missing arguments. 562 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 563 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 564 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 565 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 566 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 567 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 568 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 569 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 570 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 571 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 572 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 573 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 574 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 575 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 576 of Concordia University. 577 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 578 found by Mario Nigrovic. 579 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 580 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 581 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 582 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 583 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 584 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 585 Elvers. 586 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 587 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 588 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 589 total number of TCP connections. 590 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 591 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 592 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 593 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 594 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 595 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 596 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 597 Texas. 598 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 599 to 451. 600 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 601 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 602 patch by Bryan Costales. 603 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 604 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 605 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 606 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 607 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 608 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 609 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 610 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 611 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 612 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 613 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 614 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 615 command). 616 Portability: 617 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 618 available. 619 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 620 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 621 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 622 Skyrr. 623 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 624 noted by John Beck. 625 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 626 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 627 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 628 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 629 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 630 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 631 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 632 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 633 error. 634 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 635 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 636 Krzysztof Oledzki. 637 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 638 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 639 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 640 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 641 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 642 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 643 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 644 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 645 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 646 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 647 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 648 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 649 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 650 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 651 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 652 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 653 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 654 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 655 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 656 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 657 noted by John Beck. 658 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 659 if queue groups are used. 660 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 661 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 662 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 663 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 664 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 665 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 666 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 667 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 668 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 669 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 670 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 671 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 672 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 673 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 674 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 675 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 676 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 677 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 678 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 679 ldap_memfree(). 680 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 681 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 682 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 683 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 684 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 685 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 686 San Francisco. 687 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 688 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 689 Joe Barbish. 690 New Files: 691 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 692 6938.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 694 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 695 at startup, only log an error message. 696 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 697 following -b) has been specified. 698 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 699 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 700 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 701 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 702 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 703 Regensburg. 704 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 705 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 706 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 707 Institute of Mining and Technology. 708 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 709 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 710 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 711 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 712 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 713 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 714 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 715 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 716 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 717 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 718 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 719 SMTP connections. 720 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 721 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 722 and Technology. 723 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 724 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 725 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 726 Meteorological Institute. 727 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 728 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 729 Online. 730 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 731 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 732 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 733 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 734 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 735 types, respectively. 736 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 737 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 738 of Virginia Tech. 739 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 740 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 741 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 742 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 743 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 744 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 745 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 746 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 747 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 748 of Vienna. 749 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 750 of Sun Microsystems. 751 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 752 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 753 with servers that do not support realms when using 754 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 755 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 756 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 757 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 758 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 759 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 760 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 761 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 762 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 763 instead of forcing localhost. 764 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 765 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 766 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 767 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 768 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 769 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 770 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 771 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 772 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 773 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 774 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 775 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 776 Compaq Computer Corp. 777 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 778 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 779 Tech. 780 Portability: 781 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 782 patch provided by HP. 783 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 784 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 785 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 786 Sachin of Siemens. 787 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 788 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 789 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 790 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 791 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 792 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 793 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 794 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 795 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 796 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 797 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 798 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 799 Hewlett-Packard. 800 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 801 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 802 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 803 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 804 Virginia Tech. 805 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 806 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 807 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 808 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 809 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 810 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 811 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 812 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 813 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 814 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 815 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 816 Florida. 817 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 818 Altin Waldmann. 819 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 820 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 821 Hewlett-Packard. 822 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 823 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 824 of MSFU. 825 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 826 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 827 Institute. 828 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 829 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 830 to free memory twice. 831 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 832 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 833 of Sun Microsystems. 834 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 835 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 836 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 837 University of Athens. 838 New Files: 839 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 840 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 841 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 842 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 843 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 844 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 845 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 846 libsm/mpeix.c 847 8488.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 849 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 850 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 851 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 852 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 853 found by Michal Zalewski. 854 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 855 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 856 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 857 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 858 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 859 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 860 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 861 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 862 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 863 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 864 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 865 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 866 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 867 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 868 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 869 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 870 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 871 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 872 canonical name for a host. 873 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 874 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 875 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 876 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 877 Portability: 878 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 879 `uname` does not given complete information. 880 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 881 Aircraft Company. 882 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 883 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 884 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 885 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 886 Courtesan Consulting. 887 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 888 problems with potential misconfigurations. 889 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 890 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 891 Technology Organisation of Australia. 892 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 893 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 894 then use it. 895 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 896 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 897 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 898 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 899 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 900 and vacation. 901 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 902 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 903 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 904 New Files: 905 test/Build 906 test/Makefile 907 test/Makefile.m4 908 test/README 909 test/t_dropgid.c 910 test/t_setgid.c 911 Deleted Files: 912 include/sm/stdio.h 913 include/sm/sysstat.h 914 9158.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 916 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 917 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 918 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 919 default). The installation process tries to install 920 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 921 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 922 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 923 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 924 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 925 flags: 926 GroupWritableForwardFile 927 WorldWritableForwardFile 928 GroupWritableIncludeFile 929 WorldWritableIncludeFile 930 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 931 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 932 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 933 (IdS). 934 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 935 point where the variable could become overused for more than 936 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 937 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 938 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 939 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 940 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 941 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 942 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 943 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 944 see sendmail/SECURITY. 945 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 946 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 947 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 948 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 949 sendmail/SECURITY. 950 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 951 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 952 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 953 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 954 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 955 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 956 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 957 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 958 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 959 command has been removed. 960 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 961 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 962 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 963 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 964 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 965 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 966 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 967 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 968 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 969 supported. 970 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 971 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 972 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 973 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 974 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 975 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 976 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 977 creation rather than just before delivery. 978 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 979 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 980 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 981 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 982 preference matches (coattail). 983 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 984 try other MX hosts if available. 985 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 986 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 987 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 988 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 989 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 990 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 991 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 992 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 993 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 994 removed in future versions. 995 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 996 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 997 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 998 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 999 doc/op/op.me for details. 1000 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 1001 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 1002 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 1003 of the presented certificate, respectively. 1004 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 1005 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 1006 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 1007 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 1008 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 1009 enough on a per recipient basis. 1010 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 1011 for STARTTLS. 1012 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 1013 value "NOT". 1014 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 1015 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 1016 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 1017 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1018 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 1019 really required. This change results in a noticable 1020 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 1021 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 1022 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 1023 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 1024 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 1025 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 1026 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 1027 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 1028 command line, then the value also limits the number of 1029 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 1030 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 1031 by a queue run. 1032 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 1033 system each queue directory resides in. 1034 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 1035 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 1036 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 1037 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 1038 collected together) to process the same work list at the 1039 same time. 1040 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 1041 active queue runner processes. 1042 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 1043 runners per queue group. 1044 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 1045 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 1046 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 1047 of the queue that match during processing. 1048 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 1049 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 1050 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 1051 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 1052 persistent queue runner. 1053 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 1054 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 1055 sendmail -q15m). 1056 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 1057 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 1058 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 1059 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 1060 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 1061 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 1062 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 1063 of the qf file (older entries first). 1064 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 1065 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 1066 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 1067 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 1068 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 1069 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 1070 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 1071 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 1072 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 1073 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 1074 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 1075 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 1076 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 1077 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 1078 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 1079 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 1080 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 1081 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 1082 details. 1083 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 1084 the number of entries in the queue(s). 1085 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 1086 and the usual documentation for details. 1087 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 1088 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 1089 announced in 8.10. 1090 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 1091 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 1092 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 1093 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1094 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 1095 -r (number of retries). 1096 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 1097 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 1098 and value separated by the given separator. 1099 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 1100 to map class arith. 1101 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 1102 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 1103 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 1104 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 1105 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 1106 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 1107 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 1108 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 1109 filenames with spaces). 1110 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 1111 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 1112 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 1113 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 1114 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 1115 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 1116 to the loopback net. 1117 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 1118 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 1119 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 1120 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 1121 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 1122 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 1123 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 1124 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 1125 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 1126 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 1127 Development Group. 1128 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 1129 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 1130 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 1131 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 1132 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 1133 load average is exceeded. 1134 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 1135 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 1136 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 1137 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 1138 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1139 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 1140 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 1141 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 1142 instead. 1143 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 1144 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 1145 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 1146 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 1147 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1148 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 1149 for direct (command line) submissions. 1150 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 1151 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 1152 Hagino of the KAME Project. 1153 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 1154 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 1155 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 1156 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 1157 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 1158 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 1159 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 1160 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 1161 before logging. 1162 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 1163 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 1164 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 1165 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 1166 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 1167 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 1168 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 1169 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 1170 of the Universitat Regensburg. 1171 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 1172 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 1173 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 1174 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 1175 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 1176 See libsm/index.html for details. 1177 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 1178 care of by fork() and exit(). 1179 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 1180 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 1181 new and old (from new libsm). 1182 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 1183 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 1184 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 1185 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 1186 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 1187 synchronizations calls. 1188 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 1189 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 1190 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 1191 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 1192 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 1193 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 1194 for details. 1195 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 1196 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 1197 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 1198 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1199 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 1200 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 1201 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1202 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 1203 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 1204 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 1205 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 1206 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 1207 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 1208 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 1209 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 1210 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 1211 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 1212 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 1213 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 1214 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 1215 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 1216 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 1217 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 1218 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 1219 Urbana-Champaign. 1220 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 1221 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 1222 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 1223 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 1224 connections. 1225 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 1226 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 1227 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 1228 cf/README. 1229 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 1230 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 1231 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 1232 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 1233 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 1234 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 1235 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 1236 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 1237 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 1238 example). 1239 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 1240 the default schema used in the above two items. 1241 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 1242 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1243 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 1244 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 1245 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1246 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 1247 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 1248 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 1249 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 1250 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 1251 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 1252 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 1253 HELO/EHLO commands. 1254 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 1255 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 1256 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 1257 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 1258 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 1259 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 1260 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1261 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 1262 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 1263 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 1264 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 1265 (verbose) command line option. 1266 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 1267 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 1268 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 1269 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1270 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 1271 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 1272 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1273 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 1274 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 1275 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 1276 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 1277 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 1278 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 1279 British Columbia. 1280 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 1281 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 1282 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 1283 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 1284 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 1285 if required. 1286 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 1287 class instead. 1288 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 1289 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 1290 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 1291 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 1292 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 1293 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 1294 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 1295 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 1296 Nelson of IBM. 1297 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 1298 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 1299 configurable during compile time. The current values and 1300 their defaults are: 1301 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 1302 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 1303 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 1304 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 1305 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 1306 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 1307 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 1308 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 1309 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 1310 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 1311 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1312 Meteorological Institute. 1313 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 1314 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 1315 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 1316 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 1317 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 1318 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1319 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 1320 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 1321 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 1322 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 1323 See sendmail/README for further information. 1324 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 1325 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 1326 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 1327 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 1328 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1329 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1330 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 1331 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 1332 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 1333 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 1334 flora.ca. 1335 Portability: 1336 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 1337 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 1338 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1339 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 1340 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 1341 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 1342 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 1343 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 1344 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1345 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 1346 Solaris 8 and later. 1347 Add support for OpenUNIX. 1348 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 1349 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 1350 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 1351 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 1352 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 1353 temporary lookup failures. 1354 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 1355 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 1356 or IP nets. 1357 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 1358 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 1359 to get through. 1360 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 1361 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 1362 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 1363 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 1364 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 1365 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 1366 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 1367 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 1368 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 1369 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 1370 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 1371 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1372 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 1373 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 1374 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 1375 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 1376 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 1377 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 1378 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 1379 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 1380 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 1381 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 1382 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 1383 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 1384 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1385 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 1386 cf/README for details. 1387 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 1388 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 1389 University of Maryland. 1390 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 1391 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 1392 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 1393 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 1394 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 1395 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 1396 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 1397 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 1398 Solving. 1399 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 1400 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 1401 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 1402 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 1403 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 1404 immediately. 1405 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 1406 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 1407 See cf/README for details. 1408 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 1409 temporary lookup failures. 1410 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 1411 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 1412 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 1413 memory use. 1414 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 1415 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 1416 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 1417 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 1418 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 1419 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 1420 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1421 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 1422 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1423 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 1424 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 1425 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 1426 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 1427 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 1428 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 1429 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 1430 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 1431 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 1432 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 1433 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 1434 additional details. 1435 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1436 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 1437 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 1438 information. 1439 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 1440 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 1441 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 1442 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 1443 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 1444 recipients as user unknown. 1445 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 1446 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 1447 section of cf/README for more information. 1448 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 1449 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 1450 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 1451 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 1452 which takes the options as argument and can be used 1453 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 1454 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 1455 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 1456 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 1457 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 1458 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 1459 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 1460 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 1461 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 1462 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 1463 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 1464 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 1465 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 1466 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 1467 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 1468 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 1469 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 1470 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 1471 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 1472 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 1473 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 1474 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 1475 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 1476 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 1477 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 1478 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 1479 doc/op/op.me for details. 1480 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 1481 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 1482 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1483 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 1484 dequote map. 1485 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 1486 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 1487 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 1488 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 1489 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 1490 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 1491 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 1492 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 1493 This affects the access database as well as the 1494 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 1495 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 1496 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 1497 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 1498 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 1499 Mississippi State University. 1500 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 1501 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 1502 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 1503 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 1504 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1505 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 1506 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 1507 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 1508 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 1509 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 1510 systems which don't include cat directories. 1511 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 1512 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1513 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 1514 mailbox database type. 1515 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 1516 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 1517 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 1518 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 1519 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 1520 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 1521 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 1522 instead of white space. 1523 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 1524 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1525 Meteorological Institute. 1526 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 1527 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 1528 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1529 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 1530 instead of syslog. 1531 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 1532 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 1533 to specify the database and message file since there is no 1534 home directory for the default settings for these options. 1535 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1536 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 1537 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 1538 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 1539 New Directories: 1540 libmilter/docs 1541 New Files: 1542 cf/cf/README 1543 cf/cf/submit.cf 1544 cf/cf/submit.mc 1545 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 1546 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 1547 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 1548 cf/feature/msp.m4 1549 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 1550 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 1551 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 1552 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 1553 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 1554 cf/sendmail.schema 1555 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 1556 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 1557 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 1558 editmap/* 1559 include/sm/* 1560 libsm/* 1561 libsmutil/cf.c 1562 libsmutil/err.c 1563 sendmail/SECURITY 1564 sendmail/TUNING 1565 sendmail/bf.c 1566 sendmail/bf.h 1567 sendmail/sasl.c 1568 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 1569 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 1570 sendmail/tls.c 1571 Deleted Files: 1572 cf/feature/rbl.m4 1573 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 1574 devtools/OS/AIX.2 1575 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 1576 include/sendmail/errstring.h 1577 include/sendmail/useful.h 1578 libsmutil/errstring.c 1579 sendmail/bf_portable.c 1580 sendmail/bf_portable.h 1581 sendmail/bf_torek.c 1582 sendmail/bf_torek.h 1583 sendmail/clock.c 1584 Renamed Files: 1585 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 1586 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 1587 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 1588 15898.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29 1590 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 1591 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 1592 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 1593 of ISS X-Force. 1594 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 1595 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 1596 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 1597 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 1598 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 1599 includes DNS. 1600 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 1601 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 1602 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 1603 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 1604 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 1605 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 1606 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 1607 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 1608 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 1609 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults, 1610 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 1611 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 1612 across various connections. This could cause session 1613 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 1614 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 1615 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 1616 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 1617 canonical name for a host. 1618 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps. 1619 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 1620 or the queue. 1621 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 1622 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 1623 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1624 Polytechnic Institute. 1625 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 1626 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 1627 Purdue University. 1628 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 1629 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 1630 Texas. 1631 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 1632 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 1633 error. 1634 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if 1635 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled. 1636 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 1637 and vacation. 1638 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 1639 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 1640 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 1641 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 1642 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 1643 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 1644 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 1645 Sun Microsystems. 1646 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 1647 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 1648 iDEFENSE, Inc. 1649 16508.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 1651 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 1652 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 1653 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 1654 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 1655 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 1656 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 1657 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 1658 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 1659 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 1660 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 1661 Werner Wiethege. 1662 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 1663 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 1664 16658.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 1666 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 1667 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 1668 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 1669 of SE Netway Communications. 1670 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 1671 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1672 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 1673 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 1674 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 1675 Bosserman of EarthLink. 1676 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 1677 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 1678 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 1679 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 1680 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 1681 University College. 1682 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 1683 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 1684 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 1685 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 1686 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 1687 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 1688 University at Albany. 1689 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 1690 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 1691 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 1692 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 1693 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 1694 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 1695 Portability: 1696 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 1697 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 1698 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 1699 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 1700 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 1701 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 1702 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 1703 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 1704 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 1705 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 1706 17078.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 1708 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 1709 corruption and other potential race conditions. 1710 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 1711 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 1712 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 1713 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 1714 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 1715 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 1716 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 1717 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 1718 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 1719 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 1720 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 1721 from Kenji Miyake. 1722 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 1723 QueueDirectory wildcards. 1724 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 1725 the same map again while exiting. 1726 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 1727 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 1728 of Tuebingen. 1729 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 1730 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 1731 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 1732 Oklahoma State University. 1733 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 1734 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 1735 InTouch Systems, Inc. 1736 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 1737 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 1738 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 1739 Morgan Stanley. 1740 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 1741 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 1742 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1743 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 1744 from Werner Wiethege. 1745 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 1746 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 1747 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 1748 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 1749 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 1750 Internet Services. 1751 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 1752 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1753 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 1754 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1755 Portability: 1756 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 1757 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 1758 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 1759 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 1760 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 1761 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1762 Meteorological Institute. 1763 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 1764 since it generates random process ids. 1765 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 1766 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 1767 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1768 New Files: 1769 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 1770 17718.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 1772 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 1773 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 1774 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 1775 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1776 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 1777 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 1778 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 1779 communications consulting gmbh. 1780 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 1781 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1782 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 1783 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 1784 connection came in from the command line. 1785 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 1786 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 1787 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1788 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 1789 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 1790 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 1791 when they were committed. 1792 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 1793 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 1794 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 1795 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 1796 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 1797 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 1798 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 1799 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 1800 University. 1801 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 1802 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 1803 accept() completes. 1804 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 1805 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 1806 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 1807 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 1808 Wellcome. 1809 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 1810 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 1811 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 1812 University. 1813 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 1814 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 1815 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 1816 University of New Brunswick. 1817 Portability: 1818 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 1819 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 1820 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 1821 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 1822 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1823 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 1824 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 1825 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1826 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 1827 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 1828 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 1829 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 1830 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 1831 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 1832 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 1833 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 1834 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 1835 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 1836 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 1837 Institute. 1838 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 1839 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 1840 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1841 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 1842 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 1843 Renamed Files: 1844 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 1845 18468.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 1847 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 1848 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 1849 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 1850 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 1851 Schools" project (IdS). 1852 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 1853 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 1854 be enabled by compiling with: 1855 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 1856 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 1857 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 1858 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 1859 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 1860 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 1861 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 1862 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 1863 Colby College. 1864 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 1865 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 1866 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 1867 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 1868 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 1869 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 1870 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 1871 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 1872 NxNetworks, Inc. 1873 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 1874 client name. 1875 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 1876 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 1877 the Universitat Regensburg. 1878 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 1879 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 1880 University of Arizona. 1881 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 1882 of Collective Technologies. 1883 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 1884 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 1885 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 1886 Engineering. 1887 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 1888 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1889 Meteorological Institute. 1890 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 1891 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1892 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1893 Meteorological Institute. 1894 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 1895 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 1896 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 1897 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1898 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 1899 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 1900 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 1901 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 1902 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 1903 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1904 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 1905 overall connections, not the number of connections per 1906 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 1907 counting. 1908 Portability: 1909 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 1910 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 1911 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 1912 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 1913 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 1914 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 1915 Rosenman. 1916 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 1917 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1918 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 1919 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 1920 of Pacific Access. 1921 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 1922 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1923 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 1924 Microsystems. 1925 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 1926 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 1927 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1928 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 1929 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 1930 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 1931 implicitly assume canonical host names. 1932 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 1933 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1934 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 1935 Virginia Tech. 1936 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 1937 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 1938 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1939 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 1940 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 1941 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 1942 gmbh. 1943 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 1944 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1945 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 1946 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 1947 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 1948 of Kyoto University. 1949 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 1950 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 1951 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 1952 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 1953 version. 1954 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 1955 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 1956 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1957 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 1958 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 1959 or *-owner. 1960 New Files: 1961 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 1962 contrib/buildvirtuser 1963 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 1964 19658.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 1966 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 1967 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1968 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 1969 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 1970 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 1971 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 1972 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1973 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 1974 wildcards. 1975 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 1976 process may close the connection before the child process 1977 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 1978 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 1979 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 1980 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 1981 read the LDAP secret from a file. 1982 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 1983 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 1984 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 1985 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1986 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 1987 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 1988 of EarthLink. 1989 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 1990 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 1991 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 1992 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1993 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 1994 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1995 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 1996 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 1997 Fournier of Acadia University. 1998 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 1999 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 2000 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 2001 one of the others may be able to take over. 2002 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 2003 previous load average query result. 2004 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 2005 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 2006 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 2007 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2008 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 2009 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 2010 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 2011 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 2012 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2013 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 2014 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 2015 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 2016 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 2017 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 2018 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 2019 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 2020 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 2021 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 2022 University of British Columbia. 2023 Portability: 2024 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 2025 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 2026 override the setting. Suggested by 2027 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 2028 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 2029 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 2030 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 2031 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 2032 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 2033 College. 2034 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 2035 Tom Moore of NCR. 2036 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 2037 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 2038 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 2039 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 2040 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2041 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 2042 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 2043 Consulting. 2044 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 2045 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 2046 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 2047 errors in the MAIL address. 2048 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 2049 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 2050 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 2051 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2052 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 2053 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 2054 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 2055 Ericsson. 2056 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 2057 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 2058 mailer as described in cf/README. 2059 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 2060 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 2061 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 2062 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 2063 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 2064 sendmail. 2065 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 2066 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2067 Meteorological Institute. 2068 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 2069 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 2070 dot as the only character on the line. 2071 New Files: 2072 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 2073 20748.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 2075 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 2076 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 2077 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 2078 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 2079 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 2080 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 2081 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2082 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 2083 it populates. It is possible that some broken 2084 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 2085 Systems in this category should compile with 2086 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 2087 system and report broken implementations to 2088 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 2089 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 2090 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 2091 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 2092 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 2093 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 2094 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 2095 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 2096 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 2097 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 2098 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 2099 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 2100 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 2101 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 2102 random data. 2103 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 2104 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 2105 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 2106 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 2107 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 2108 Martin of CMU. 2109 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 2110 strength factor. 2111 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 2112 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 2113 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 2114 of CMU. 2115 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 2116 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 2117 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 2118 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 2119 documented, unless a family is specified in a 2120 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 2121 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 2122 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 2123 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 2124 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 2125 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2126 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 2127 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 2128 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 2129 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 2130 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 2131 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2132 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 2133 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 2134 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 2135 of Sun Microsystems. 2136 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 2137 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 2138 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 2139 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 2140 the incoming information in the queue file for later 2141 delivery attempts. 2142 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 2143 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 2144 smoe.org. 2145 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 2146 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 2147 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2148 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 2149 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 2150 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 2151 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 2152 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 2153 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2154 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 2155 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 2156 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2157 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 2158 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 2159 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 2160 of Northern Illinois University. 2161 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 2162 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2163 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 2164 to kilobyte units. 2165 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 2166 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 2167 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 2168 Polytechnic. 2169 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 2170 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 2171 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 2172 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2173 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 2174 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 2175 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2176 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 2177 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2178 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 2179 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 2180 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 2181 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 2182 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 2183 G. Thomas Consulting. 2184 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 2185 port number (113). 2186 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 2187 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2188 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 2189 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 2190 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2191 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 2192 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 2193 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 2194 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 2195 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 2196 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 2197 University of Mainz. 2198 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 2199 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 2200 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 2201 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2202 Portability: 2203 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 2204 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 2205 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 2206 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 2207 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 2208 work properly causing problems if the accept() 2209 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 2210 from Tom Moore of NCR. 2211 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 2212 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 2213 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 2214 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 2215 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 2216 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 2217 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 2218 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 2219 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2220 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 2221 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 2222 confCACERT CACERTFile 2223 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 2224 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 2225 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 2226 confRAND_FILE RandFile 2227 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 2228 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 2229 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 2230 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 2231 cf/README for more information. 2232 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 2233 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 2234 called due to a STARTTLS command. 2235 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 2236 instead of temporary. 2237 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 2238 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 2239 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 2240 Consulting. 2241 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 2242 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 2243 RootsWeb.com. 2244 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 2245 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 2246 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 2247 University of Maryland. 2248 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 2249 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 2250 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 2251 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 2252 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 2253 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 2254 of the University of Alberta. 2255 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 2256 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 2257 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 2258 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 2259 of X.509 certificates. 2260 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 2261 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 2262 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 2263 Universitat Regensburg. 2264 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 2265 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2266 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 2267 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2268 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 2269 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2270 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 2271 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 2272 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2273 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 2274 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 2275 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 2276 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 2277 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 2278 University. 2279 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 2280 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 2281 links. 2282 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 2283 reported. 2284 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 2285 Denman Tire Corporation. 2286 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 2287 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 2288 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 2289 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 2290 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 2291 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 2292 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 2293 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 2294 have a From line. 2295 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 2296 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 2297 Added Files: 2298 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 2299 contrib/cidrexpand 2300 contrib/link_hash.sh 2301 contrib/movemail.conf 2302 contrib/movemail.pl 2303 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 2304 test/t_snprintf.c 2305 23068.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 2307 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 2308 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 2309 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 2310 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 2311 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 2312 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 2313 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 2314 Added Files: 2315 test/t_setuid.c 2316 23178.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 2318 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 2319 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 2320 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 2321 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 2322 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 2323 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 2324 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 2325 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 2326 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 2327 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 2328 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 2329 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2330 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 2331 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 2332 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2333 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 2334 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 2335 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 2336 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 2337 or higher. 2338 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 2339 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 2340 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 2341 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 2342 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2343 Polytechnic Institute. 2344 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 2345 discards the message. 2346 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 2347 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 2348 attempted to the alias. 2349 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 2350 flag options. 2351 Portability: 2352 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 2353 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 2354 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 2355 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 2356 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2357 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 2358 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 2359 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 2360 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 2361 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 2362 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 2363 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 2364 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 2365 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 2366 Services, LLC. 2367 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 2368 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 2369 Courtesan Consulting. 2370 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 2371 Siemens Business Services. 2372 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 2373 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 2374 of WSRCC. 2375 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 2376 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 2377 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 2378 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 2379 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 2380 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 2381 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 2382 of NEC. 2383 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 2384 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2385 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 2386 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 2387 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 2388 Virginia Tech. 2389 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 2390 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 2391 University. 2392 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 2393 for other internal projects but included in the open source 2394 release. 2395 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 2396 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 2397 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 2398 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 2399 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 2400 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 2401 Sendmail. 2402 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 2403 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 2404 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2405 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 2406 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 2407 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 2408 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 2409 Northern Illinois University. 2410 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 2411 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 2412 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 2413 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2414 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 2415 Polytechnique de Montreal. 2416 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 2417 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 2418 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 2419 Added Files: 2420 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 2421 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 2422 Deleted Files: 2423 contrib/converting.sun.configs 2424 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 2425 doc/intro 2426 doc/usenix 2427 doc/changes 2428 24298.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 2430 ************************************************************* 2431 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 2432 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 2433 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 2434 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 2435 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 2436 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 2437 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 2438 * coach, and a friend. * 2439 * * 2440 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 2441 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 2442 * Julie, we miss you! * 2443 ************************************************************* 2444 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 2445 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 2446 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 2447 symbolic link target. 2448 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 2449 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 2450 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2451 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 2452 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 2453 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 2454 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 2455 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 2456 version of sendmail. 2457 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 2458 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 2459 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 2460 (IdS). 2461 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 2462 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 2463 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 2464 for easier code sharing among the programs. 2465 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 2466 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 2467 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 2468 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 2469 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 2470 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 2471 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 2472 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 2473 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 2474 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2475 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 2476 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 2477 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2478 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 2479 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 2480 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2481 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 2482 now listen on several different ports. Use: 2483 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 2484 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 2485 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 2486 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 2487 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 2488 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 2489 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 2490 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 2491 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 2492 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 2493 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 2494 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 2495 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 2496 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 2497 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 2498 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 2499 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 2500 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 2501 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 2502 accordingly. 2503 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 2504 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 2505 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 2506 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 2507 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 2508 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 2509 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 2510 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 2511 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 2512 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 2513 InCert Software. 2514 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 2515 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 2516 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 2517 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 2518 a control socket request. 2519 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 2520 settings: 2521 Timeout.resolver.retrans 2522 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2523 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2524 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 2525 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2526 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2527 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 2528 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 2529 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2530 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 2531 delivery attempt. 2532 Timeout.resolver.retry 2533 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2534 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2535 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 2536 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2537 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2538 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 2539 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 2540 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2541 query for all resolver lookups except the first 2542 delivery attempt. 2543 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2544 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 2545 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 2546 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 2547 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 2548 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 2549 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 2550 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 2551 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 2552 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 2553 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2554 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 2555 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 2556 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 2557 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 2558 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 2559 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 2560 Telecommunications Ltd. 2561 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 2562 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 2563 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 2564 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 2565 Inc. 2566 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 2567 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 2568 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2569 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 2570 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2571 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 2572 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 2573 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2574 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 2575 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 2576 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 2577 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 2578 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 2579 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 2580 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 2581 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 2582 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2583 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 2584 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 2585 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 2586 Ltd. 2587 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 2588 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 2589 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 2590 example mailer might be: 2591 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 2592 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 2593 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 2594 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 2595 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 2596 instead. 2597 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 2598 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 2599 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 2600 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 2601 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 2602 flags. 2603 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 2604 body of the original message on delivery status 2605 notifications. 2606 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 2607 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2608 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 2609 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 2610 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 2611 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 2612 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 2613 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 2614 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 2615 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 2616 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 2617 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 2618 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 2619 Conwell of Boston University. 2620 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 2621 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 2622 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 2623 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 2624 @Home Network. 2625 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 2626 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 2627 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 2628 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 2629 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 2630 similar to check_rcpt etc. 2631 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 2632 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 2633 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 2634 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 2635 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2636 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 2637 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 2638 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2639 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 2640 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 2641 Mathias Herberts. 2642 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 2643 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 2644 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 2645 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 2646 in check_compat). 2647 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 2648 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 2649 option. 2650 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 2651 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 2652 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2653 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 2654 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 2655 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 2656 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 2657 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 2658 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 2659 is set. 2660 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 2661 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 2662 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 2663 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 2664 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 2665 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 2666 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 2667 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 2668 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 2669 a denial-of-service attack. 2670 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 2671 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 2672 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 2673 overflow attacks. 2674 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 2675 alias recursion. 2676 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 2677 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 2678 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 2679 directly before the newline. 2680 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 2681 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 2682 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 2683 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 2684 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 2685 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 2686 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 2687 could not be opened. 2688 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 2689 value of this option is macro expanded. 2690 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 2691 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 2692 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 2693 (along with the already existing macros): 2694 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 2695 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 2696 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 2697 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 2698 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 2699 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 2700 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 2701 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 2702 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 2703 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 2704 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 2705 loopback net. 2706 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 2707 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 2708 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 2709 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 2710 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 2711 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 2712 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2713 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 2714 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 2715 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 2716 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 2717 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2718 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 2719 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 2720 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 2721 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 2722 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 2723 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 2724 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 2725 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 2726 Ericsson. 2727 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 2728 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 2729 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 2730 of Ericsson. 2731 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 2732 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 2733 of Renaissance Internet Services. 2734 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 2735 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 2736 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 2737 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 2738 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 2739 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 2740 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 2741 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 2742 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 2743 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 2744 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 2745 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 2746 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 2747 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2748 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 2749 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 2750 equate name. 2751 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 2752 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 2753 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 2754 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 2755 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 2756 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 2757 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 2758 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 2759 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 2760 David Cooley of Colby College. 2761 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 2762 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 2763 already decided the message will be passed to another host 2764 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 2765 Buckeridge Young Limited. 2766 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 2767 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 2768 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 2769 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 2770 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 2771 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 2772 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 2773 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 2774 of Stanford University. 2775 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 2776 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 2777 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 2778 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 2779 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 2780 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 2781 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 2782 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 2783 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 2784 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 2785 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 2786 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 2787 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 2788 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 2789 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 2790 attributes found in the match will be returned. 2791 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 2792 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 2793 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 2794 comma separated key and value strings. 2795 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 2796 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 2797 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 2798 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 2799 a single connection to that host. 2800 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 2801 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 2802 LDAP lookups. 2803 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 2804 resources. 2805 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 2806 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 2807 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 2808 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 2809 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 2810 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 2811 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 2812 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 2813 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 2814 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 2815 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 2816 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 2817 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 2818 with the name "*". 2819 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 2820 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 2821 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 2822 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 2823 matches to return. 2824 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 2825 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 2826 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 2827 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 2828 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 2829 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 2830 are defined. 2831 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 2832 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 2833 Tech. 2834 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 2835 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 2836 important if you have large classes. 2837 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 2838 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 2839 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2840 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 2841 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 2842 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 2843 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 2844 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 2845 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 2846 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 2847 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 2848 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 2849 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 2850 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 2851 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 2852 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 2853 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 2854 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 2855 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 2856 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 2857 determined). For single processor machines, this change 2858 has no effect. 2859 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 2860 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2861 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 2862 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2863 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 2864 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 2865 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 2866 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 2867 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 2868 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 2869 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 2870 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 2871 connection-based denial of service attacks. 2872 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 2873 10 or higher. 2874 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 2875 information (from= syslog line). 2876 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 2877 equate (dsn=). 2878 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 2879 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see 2880 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth 2881 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2882 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 2883 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 2884 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2885 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 2886 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2887 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 2888 the program as the default user and the default group, not 2889 the forward file user. This change also assures the 2890 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 2891 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 2892 Popovici of DNT Romania. 2893 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 2894 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 2895 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 2896 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 2897 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 2898 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 2899 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 2900 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 2901 helpful to know the sender of the message. 2902 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 2903 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2904 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 2905 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 2906 multiple files. 2907 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 2908 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 2909 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 2910 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 2911 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 2912 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 2913 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 2914 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 2915 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 2916 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 2917 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 2918 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 2919 length before the attempt. 2920 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 2921 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 2922 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 2923 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 2924 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 2925 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 2926 host status files, not all files. 2927 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 2928 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 2929 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 2930 Wonderworks Inc. 2931 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 2932 macro map class. This can be used to store information 2933 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 2934 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 2935 of Hannover. 2936 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 2937 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 2938 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 2939 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 2940 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 2941 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 2942 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 2943 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 2944 flag: 2945 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 2946 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 2947 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 2948 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 2949 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 2950 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 2951 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 2952 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 2953 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 2954 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 2955 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 2956 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 2957 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 2958 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 2959 version. 2960 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 2961 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 2962 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 2963 if referencing a named ruleset. 2964 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 2965 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 2966 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 2967 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 2968 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 2969 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 2970 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 2971 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 2972 the University of Maryland. 2973 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 2974 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 2975 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 2976 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 2977 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 2978 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 2979 COMMANDS). 2980 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 2981 but for outgoing connections. 2982 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 2983 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 2984 a require authentication 2985 b bind to interface through which mail has 2986 been received 2987 c perform hostname canonification 2988 f require fully qualified hostname 2989 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 2990 command 2991 C don't perform hostname canonification 2992 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 2993 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 2994 h use name of interface for HELO command 2995 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 2996 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 2997 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 2998 Institutes of Health. 2999 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 3000 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 3001 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 3002 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 3003 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3004 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 3005 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 3006 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 3007 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 3008 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 3009 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 3010 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 3011 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3012 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 3013 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 3014 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 3015 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 3016 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 3017 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 3018 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 3019 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 3020 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 3021 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 3022 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 3023 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3024 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 3025 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 3026 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 3027 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 3028 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 3029 timeout. 3030 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 3031 interface address structure when loading the system network 3032 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 3033 Nanoteq. 3034 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 3035 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 3036 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 3037 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 3038 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 3039 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 3040 on load average. 3041 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3042 Northern Illinois University. 3043 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 3044 envelope splitting has occurred. 3045 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 3046 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 3047 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 3048 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 3049 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 3050 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3051 Institute. 3052 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 3053 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 3054 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 3055 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 3056 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 3057 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 3058 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3059 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 3060 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3061 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 3062 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3063 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 3064 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 3065 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 3066 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3067 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 3068 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 3069 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 3070 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3071 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 3072 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 3073 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 3074 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3075 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 3076 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 3077 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3078 University. 3079 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 3080 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 3081 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 3082 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 3083 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 3084 ruleset lines as well. 3085 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 3086 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 3087 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 3088 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3089 Institute. 3090 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 3091 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 3092 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 3093 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 3094 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 3095 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 3096 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 3097 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 3098 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 3099 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 3100 of Ericsson. 3101 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 3102 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 3103 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 3104 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3105 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 3106 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 3107 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 3108 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 3109 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 3110 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 3111 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 3112 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 3113 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 3114 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 3115 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 3116 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3117 University. 3118 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 3119 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 3120 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 3121 'sendmail -bs'. 3122 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 3123 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 3124 them in the .cf file. 3125 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 3126 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 3127 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 3128 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 3129 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 3130 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 3131 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 3132 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 3133 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3134 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 3135 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 3136 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 3137 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 3138 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3139 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 3140 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3141 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 3142 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 3143 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 3144 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 3145 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 3146 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 3147 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 3148 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 3149 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 3150 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 3151 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3152 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 3153 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 3154 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 3155 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3156 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 3157 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 3158 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 3159 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 3160 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 3161 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3162 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 3163 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 3164 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 3165 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 3166 don't fail on ANY queries. 3167 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 3168 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 3169 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3170 Northern Illinois University. 3171 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 3172 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 3173 State University. 3174 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 3175 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3176 Northern Illinois University. 3177 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 3178 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 3179 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 3180 Portability: 3181 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 3182 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 3183 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 3184 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 3185 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3186 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 3187 This allows network interface probing to work 3188 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 3189 University of Iowa. 3190 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 3191 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 3192 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 3193 name. 3194 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 3195 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 3196 Virginia Tech. 3197 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 3198 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 3199 Amsterdam. 3200 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 3201 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 3202 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 3203 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 3204 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 3205 in building the operating system. Users can 3206 override the defaults by setting confCC and 3207 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 3208 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 3209 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 3210 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 3211 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 3212 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 3213 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 3214 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 3215 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 3216 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 3217 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 3218 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 3219 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3220 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 3221 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 3222 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 3223 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 3224 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 3225 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 3226 use that value in conf.h. 3227 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 3228 BITart Consulting. 3229 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 3230 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 3231 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 3232 Computer, Inc. 3233 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 3234 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 3235 of E I A. 3236 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 3237 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 3238 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 3239 fchown(2). 3240 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 3241 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 3242 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 3243 srandomdev(3). 3244 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 3245 setlogin(2). 3246 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 3247 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 3248 Siemens Business Services. 3249 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 3250 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 3251 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 3252 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 3253 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 3254 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 3255 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3256 Aerospace. 3257 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 3258 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 3259 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 3260 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 3261 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 3262 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 3263 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 3264 University. 3265 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 3266 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 3267 Technology Information Network. 3268 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 3269 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 3270 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 3271 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 3272 and OpenBSD. 3273 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 3274 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 3275 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 3276 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3277 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 3278 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 3279 details. 3280 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 3281 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 3282 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 3283 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 3284 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3285 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 3286 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 3287 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 3288 Courtesan Consulting. 3289 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 3290 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 3291 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 3292 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 3293 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 3294 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 3295 multiple times. 3296 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 3297 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 3298 with From:). 3299 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 3300 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 3301 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 3302 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 3303 new functionality. 3304 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 3305 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 3306 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 3307 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 3308 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 3309 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 3310 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 3311 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 3312 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 3313 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 3314 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 3315 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 3316 confPID_FILE PidFile 3317 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 3318 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 3319 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 3320 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 3321 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3322 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3323 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 3324 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3325 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3326 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 3327 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 3328 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 3329 which takes the options as argument and can be used 3330 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 3331 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 3332 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 3333 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 3334 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 3335 to "IPC $h". 3336 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 3337 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 3338 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 3339 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 3340 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 3341 value should be changed with care. 3342 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 3343 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 3344 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 3345 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 3346 complain. 3347 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 3348 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 3349 of Q7 Enterprises. 3350 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 3351 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 3352 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 3353 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 3354 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 3355 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 3356 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 3357 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 3358 of Northern Illinois University. 3359 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 3360 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 3361 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 3362 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 3363 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 3364 in it. 3365 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 3366 in class 'P' ($=P). 3367 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 3368 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 3369 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 3370 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 3371 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 3372 is added. 3373 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 3374 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 3375 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 3376 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 3377 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 3378 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 3379 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 3380 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 3381 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 3382 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 3383 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 3384 Hubert of University of Washington. 3385 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 3386 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 3387 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 3388 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 3389 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 3390 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 3391 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 3392 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 3393 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 3394 Services. 3395 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 3396 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3397 Aerospace. 3398 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 3399 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 3400 University and Brian Candler. 3401 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 3402 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3403 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 3404 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3405 Institute. 3406 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 3407 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 3408 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 3409 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 3410 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 3411 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 3412 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 3413 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 3414 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 3415 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3416 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 3417 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 3418 Willamette Industries, Inc. 3419 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 3420 converted to <user@d> 3421 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 3422 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 3423 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 3424 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 3425 performed. 3426 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 3427 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 3428 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3429 Institute. 3430 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 3431 be accessed by their numbers). 3432 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 3433 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 3434 of an address. 3435 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 3436 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 3437 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 3438 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 3439 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 3440 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 3441 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 3442 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 3443 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 3444 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 3445 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 3446 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3447 Institute. 3448 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 3449 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 3450 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 3451 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 3452 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 3453 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 3454 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 3455 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 3456 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 3457 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 3458 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 3459 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3460 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 3461 University of California at Berkeley. 3462 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 3463 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3464 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 3465 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 3466 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3467 Corporation UK. 3468 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 3469 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 3470 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 3471 Yale University. 3472 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 3473 be used for building. 3474 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 3475 used for a fresh build. 3476 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 3477 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 3478 ranlib. 3479 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 3480 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 3481 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 3482 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 3483 Costales. 3484 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 3485 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 3486 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 3487 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 3488 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 3489 of Siemens Business Services. 3490 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 3491 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 3492 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 3493 torek. 3494 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 3495 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 3496 They should contain the C source files for the object files 3497 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 3498 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 3499 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 3500 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 3501 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 3502 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 3503 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 3504 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 3505 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 3506 are in devtools/README. 3507 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 3508 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3509 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 3510 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 3511 new variable which identifies the root of the source 3512 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 3513 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 3514 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 3515 macro. 3516 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 3517 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 3518 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 3519 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 3520 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 3521 Corporation. 3522 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 3523 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 3524 confMANROOTMAN. 3525 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 3526 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 3527 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 3528 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 3529 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 3530 Communications. 3531 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 3532 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 3533 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 3534 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 3535 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 3536 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 3537 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 3538 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 3539 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 3540 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 3541 install-strip target. 3542 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 3543 the others (if it exists). 3544 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 3545 then the default ones. 3546 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 3547 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 3548 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 3549 to set the S flag. 3550 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 3551 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 3552 Northern Illinois University. 3553 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 3554 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 3555 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3556 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 3557 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 3558 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3559 University. 3560 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 3561 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 3562 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3563 University. 3564 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 3565 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 3566 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 3567 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 3568 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 3569 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 3570 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3571 University. 3572 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 3573 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 3574 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3575 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 3576 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 3577 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 3578 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 3579 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 3580 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 3581 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 3582 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 3583 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 3584 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 3585 Alcatel Australia Limited. 3586 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 3587 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 3588 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3589 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 3590 timeout to avoid starvation. 3591 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 3592 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 3593 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 3594 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3595 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 3596 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 3597 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 3598 of Maryland. 3599 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 3600 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 3601 sendmail configuration file. 3602 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 3603 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 3604 option. 3605 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 3606 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3607 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 3608 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 3609 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 3610 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 3611 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 3612 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 3613 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3614 Corporation UK. 3615 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 3616 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 3617 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 3618 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 3619 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 3620 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 3621 Institute for Global Communications. 3622 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 3623 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 3624 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3625 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 3626 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 3627 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3628 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 3629 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 3630 of the Institute for Global Communications. 3631 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 3632 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 3633 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 3634 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 3635 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 3636 Changed Files: 3637 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 3638 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 3639 which execute the actual Build script in 3640 devtools/bin. 3641 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 3642 -mandoc as they were previously. 3643 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 3644 of Build will work (unless parameters are 3645 required for Build). 3646 New Directories: 3647 devtools/M4/UNIX 3648 include 3649 libmilter 3650 libsmdb 3651 libsmutil 3652 vacation 3653 Renamed Directories: 3654 BuildTools => devtools 3655 src => sendmail 3656 Deleted Files: 3657 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 3658 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 3659 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 3660 devtools/OS/SINIX 3661 sendmail/ldap_map.h 3662 New Files: 3663 INSTALL 3664 PGPKEYS 3665 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 3666 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 3667 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 3668 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 3669 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 3670 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 3671 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 3672 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 3673 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 3674 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 3675 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 3676 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 3677 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 3678 contrib/domainmap.m4 3679 contrib/qtool.8 3680 contrib/qtool.pl 3681 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 3682 devtools/M4/list.m4 3683 devtools/M4/string.m4 3684 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 3685 devtools/M4/switch.m4 3686 devtools/OS/Darwin 3687 devtools/OS/GNU 3688 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 3689 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 3690 devtools/OS/m88k 3691 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 3692 mail.local/Makefile 3693 mailstats/Makefile 3694 makemap/Makefile 3695 praliases/Makefile 3696 rmail/Makefile 3697 sendmail/Makefile 3698 sendmail/bf.h 3699 sendmail/bf_portable.c 3700 sendmail/bf_portable.h 3701 sendmail/bf_torek.c 3702 sendmail/bf_torek.h 3703 sendmail/shmticklib.c 3704 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 3705 sendmail/timers.c 3706 sendmail/timers.h 3707 smrsh/Makefile 3708 vacation/Makefile 3709 Renamed Files: 3710 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 3711 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 3712 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 3713 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 3714 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 3715 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 3716 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 3717 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 3718 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 3719 Copied Files: 3720 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 3721 37228.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 3723 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 3724 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 3725 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 3726 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 3727 Schools" project (IdS). 3728 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 3729 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 3730 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 3731 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3732 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 3733 when performing the MIME header length check. This 3734 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 3735 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 3736 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 3737 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 3738 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 3739 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3740 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 3741 ExecPC Internet Systems. 3742 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 3743 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 3744 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 3745 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 3746 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 3747 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 3748 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 3749 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 3750 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 3751 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3752 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 3753 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 3754 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 3755 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 3756 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 3757 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 3758 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 3759 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 3760 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 3761 group of the IETF. 3762 Portability: 3763 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 3764 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 3765 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 3766 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 3767 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 3768 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 3769 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 3770 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 3771 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 3772 Technical University of Denmark. 3773 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 3774 Supercomputer Center. 3775 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 3776 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 3777 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 3778 of Stanford University. 3779 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 3780 between different releases. Back out the 3781 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 3782 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 3783 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 3784 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 3785 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 3786 of Siemens/SNI. 3787 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3788 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 3789 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 3790 University of Brno. 3791 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 3792 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 3793 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3794 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 3795 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 3796 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3797 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 3798 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 3799 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 3800 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 3801 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3802 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 3803 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 3804 MIDS Europe. 3805 New Files: 3806 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 3807 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 3808 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 3809 38108.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 3811 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 3812 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 3813 for a denial of service attack. 3814 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 3815 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3816 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 3817 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3818 Corporation UK. 3819 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 3820 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 3821 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 3822 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 3823 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 3824 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 3825 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 3826 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 3827 Internet Services. 3828 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 3829 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 3830 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 3831 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 3832 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 3833 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 3834 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 3835 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 3836 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3837 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 3838 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 3839 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 3840 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 3841 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 3842 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3843 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 3844 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 3845 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 3846 Internet Services. 3847 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 3848 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 3849 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 3850 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 3851 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 3852 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 3853 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 3854 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 3855 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 3856 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 3857 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 3858 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 3859 extended testing. 3860 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 3861 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 3862 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 3863 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 3864 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 3865 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3866 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 3867 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 3868 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 3869 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 3870 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3871 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 3872 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 3873 Network. 3874 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 3875 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 3876 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 3877 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 3878 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 3879 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 3880 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3881 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 3882 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 3883 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 3884 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 3885 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 3886 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 3887 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 3888 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 3889 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 3890 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3891 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 3892 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3893 Meteorological Institute. 3894 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 3895 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 3896 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 3897 Portability: 3898 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 3899 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 3900 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 3901 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 3902 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 3903 reading network interface addresses into 3904 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 3905 Cal State University, Chico. 3906 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 3907 from changing the semantics of the compiled 3908 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 3909 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 3910 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 3911 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3912 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3913 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 3914 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 3915 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 3916 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 3917 of Sun Microsystems. 3918 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 3919 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 3920 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 3921 of Bits Co., Ltd. 3922 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 3923 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3924 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 3925 of E I A. 3926 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 3927 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 3928 Information Center. 3929 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 3930 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3931 Institute. 3932 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 3933 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 3934 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 3935 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 3936 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3937 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 3938 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 3939 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 3940 Manawatu Internet Services. 3941 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 3942 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 3943 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 3944 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 3945 of Northern Illinois University. 3946 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 3947 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 3948 Kiel. 3949 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 3950 Dot Com. 3951 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 3952 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 3953 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3954 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 3955 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 3956 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 3957 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 3958 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 3959 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3960 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 3961 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 3962 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 3963 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3964 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 3965 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3966 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 3967 the envelope From header. 3968 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 3969 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 3970 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 3971 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 3972 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 3973 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 3974 Portal Services, Inc. 3975 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 3976 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 3977 Sun Microsystems. 3978 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 3979 New Files: 3980 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 3981 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 3982 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 3983 contrib/smcontrol.pl 3984 src/control.c 3985 39868.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 3987 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 3988 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 3989 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 3990 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 3991 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 3992 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 3993 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3994 Meteorological Institute. 3995 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 3996 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 3997 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3998 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 3999 installation commands. The man pages would still be 4000 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 4001 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4002 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 4003 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4004 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 4005 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 4006 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 4007 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 4008 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 4009 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 4010 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 4011 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 4012 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 4013 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 4014 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 4015 Flextech TV. 4016 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 4017 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 4018 DaveLtd Enterprises. 4019 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 4020 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 4021 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 4022 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 4023 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 4024 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 4025 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 4026 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 4027 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 4028 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 4029 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 4030 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 4031 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 4032 University. 4033 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 4034 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 4035 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 4036 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 4037 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 4038 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 4039 Portability: 4040 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 4041 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 4042 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 4043 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 4044 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 4045 of BSDI. 4046 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 4047 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 4048 PICT Inc. 4049 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 4050 J. P. McCann of E I A. 4051 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 4052 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 4053 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 4054 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 4055 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 4056 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4057 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 4058 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 4059 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 4060 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 4061 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 4062 would not accept @@hostname. 4063 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 4064 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 4065 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 4066 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 4067 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4068 New Files: 4069 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 4070 40718.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 4072 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 4073 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 4074 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 4075 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 4076 which need the ability to override security can use the 4077 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 4078 information. 4079 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 4080 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 4081 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 4082 world writable directories. 4083 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 4084 it is in a world writable directory. 4085 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 4086 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 4087 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 4088 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 4089 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 4090 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 4091 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 4092 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 4093 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 4094 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 4095 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 4096 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 4097 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 4098 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 4099 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 4100 default. 4101 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 4102 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 4103 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 4104 the University of Maryland. 4105 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 4106 of Cal State University, Chico. 4107 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 4108 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 4109 current version of Berkeley DB. 4110 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 4111 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 4112 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 4113 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 4114 of Maryland. 4115 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 4116 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 4117 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 4118 Microsystems. 4119 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 4120 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 4121 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 4122 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 4123 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 4124 mail.local on the F=z flag. 4125 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 4126 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 4127 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 4128 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 4129 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 4130 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 4131 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 4132 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 4133 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 4134 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 4135 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 4136 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 4137 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4138 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 4139 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 4140 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 4141 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 4142 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 4143 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 4144 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 4145 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 4146 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 4147 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 4148 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 4149 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 4150 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 4151 relaying entirely. 4152 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 4153 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 4154 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 4155 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 4156 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 4157 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 4158 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 4159 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4160 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 4161 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 4162 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 4163 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 4164 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 4165 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 4166 sender for those failures. 4167 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 4168 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 4169 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 4170 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 4171 of Ericsson. 4172 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 4173 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 4174 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 4175 of Procter & Gamble. 4176 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 4177 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 4178 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 4179 of Procter & Gamble. 4180 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 4181 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 4182 of system security. This should only be used if you are 4183 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 4184 DontBlameSendmail options are: 4185 Safe 4186 AssumeSafeChown 4187 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 4188 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 4189 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 4190 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 4191 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 4192 GroupWritableAliasFile 4193 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 4194 WorldWritableAliasFile 4195 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 4196 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 4197 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 4198 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 4199 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 4200 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 4201 MapInUnsafeDirPath 4202 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 4203 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 4204 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 4205 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 4206 LinkedMapInWritableDir 4207 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 4208 FileDeliveryToHardLink 4209 FileDeliveryToSymLink 4210 WriteMapToHardLink 4211 WriteMapToSymLink 4212 WriteStatsToHardLink 4213 WriteStatsToSymLink 4214 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 4215 RunWritableProgram 4216 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 4217 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 4218 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 4219 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 4220 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 4221 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 4222 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 4223 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 4224 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 4225 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 4226 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 4227 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 4228 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 4229 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 4230 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 4231 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 4232 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 4233 contrast to the success case). 4234 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 4235 of the form: 4236 HHeader: $>Ruleset 4237 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 4238 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 4239 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 4240 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 4241 from hiding their connection information in Received: 4242 headers. 4243 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 4244 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 4245 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 4246 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 4247 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 4248 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 4249 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 4250 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 4251 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 4252 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 4253 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 4254 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 4255 remote identity can be queried. 4256 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 4257 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 4258 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 4259 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4260 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 4261 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 4262 some of the details are determined dynamically via 4263 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 4264 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 4265 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 4266 the new Build method which creates an operating system 4267 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 4268 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 4269 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 4270 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 4271 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 4272 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 4273 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 4274 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 4275 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 4276 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 4277 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 4278 This means that even if only one of the recipients 4279 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 4280 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 4281 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 4282 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 4283 of CNET: The Computer Network. 4284 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 4285 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 4286 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4287 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 4288 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 4289 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 4290 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 4291 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 4292 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 4293 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 4294 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 4295 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 4296 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4297 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 4298 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 4299 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4300 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 4301 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 4302 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 4303 Institute. 4304 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 4305 mail.local. 4306 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 4307 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 4308 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 4309 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 4310 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 4311 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4312 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 4313 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 4314 of InfoBeat, Inc. 4315 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 4316 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 4317 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 4318 mailstats command. 4319 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 4320 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 4321 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4322 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 4323 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 4324 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 4325 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4326 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 4327 Ericsson. 4328 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 4329 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 4330 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 4331 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 4332 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 4333 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 4334 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 4335 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 4336 Stratus Computer, Inc. 4337 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 4338 currently supported version. 4339 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 4340 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4341 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 4342 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 4343 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 4344 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4345 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 4346 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 4347 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 4348 message in error bounces. 4349 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 4350 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 4351 Digital Equipment Corporation. 4352 Portability: 4353 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 4354 of Kyoto University. 4355 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 4356 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 4357 Maryland. 4358 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 4359 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 4360 in Finland. 4361 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 4362 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 4363 the University of Maryland. 4364 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 4365 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 4366 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4367 Meteorological Institute. 4368 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 4369 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 4370 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 4371 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 4372 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 4373 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 4374 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 4375 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 4376 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 4377 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 4378 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 4379 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4380 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 4381 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 4382 Microsystems. 4383 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 4384 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 4385 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 4386 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 4387 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 4388 directory for certain programs. 4389 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 4390 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 4391 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 4392 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 4393 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 4394 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 4395 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 4396 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 4397 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 4398 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 4399 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 4400 the user to setup different .forward files for 4401 user+detail addressing. 4402 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 4403 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 4404 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 4405 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 4406 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 4407 outside your domain). 4408 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 4409 any site to any site. 4410 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 4411 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 4412 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 4413 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 4414 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 4415 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 4416 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 4417 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 4418 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 4419 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 4420 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 4421 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 4422 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 4423 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 4424 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 4425 host names only. 4426 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 4427 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 4428 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 4429 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 4430 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 4431 needed for most installations. 4432 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 4433 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 4434 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 4435 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 4436 the University of Maryland. 4437 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 4438 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 4439 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 4440 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 4441 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 4442 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 4443 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 4444 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 4445 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 4446 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 4447 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 4448 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 4449 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 4450 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 4451 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 4452 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 4453 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 4454 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 4455 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 4456 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 4457 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 4458 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 4459 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 4460 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 4461 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 4462 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 4463 above for more information. 4464 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 4465 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4466 Meteorological Institute. 4467 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 4468 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 4469 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 4470 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 4471 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4472 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 4473 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 4474 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 4475 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 4476 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 4477 MustQuoteChars respectively. 4478 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 4479 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 4480 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 4481 CMU (now of Netscape). 4482 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 4483 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 4484 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 4485 read mail.local/README. 4486 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 4487 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 4488 University of Maryland. 4489 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 4490 University, Chico. 4491 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4492 Meteorological Institute. 4493 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 4494 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 4495 University of Maryland. 4496 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 4497 such as linked files in world writable directories. 4498 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 4499 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 4500 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 4501 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 4502 Braunschweig. 4503 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 4504 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 4505 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4506 Changed Files: 4507 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 4508 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 4509 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 4510 New Files: 4511 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 4512 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 4513 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 4514 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 4515 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 4516 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 4517 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 4518 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 4519 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 4520 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 4521 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 4522 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 4523 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 4524 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 4525 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 4526 BuildTools/OS/QNX 4527 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 4528 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 4529 BuildTools/README 4530 BuildTools/Site/README 4531 BuildTools/bin/Build 4532 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 4533 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 4534 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 4535 Makefile 4536 cf/cf/Build 4537 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 4538 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 4539 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 4540 cf/feature/access_db.m4 4541 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 4542 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 4543 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 4544 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 4545 cf/feature/rbl.m4 4546 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 4547 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 4548 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 4549 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 4550 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 4551 contrib/doublebounce.pl 4552 mail.local/Build 4553 mail.local/Makefile.m4 4554 mail.local/README 4555 mailstats/Build 4556 mailstats/Makefile.m4 4557 makemap/Build 4558 makemap/Makefile.m4 4559 praliases/Build 4560 praliases/Makefile.m4 4561 rmail/Build 4562 rmail/Makefile.m4 4563 rmail/rmail.0 4564 smrsh/Build 4565 smrsh/Makefile.m4 4566 src/Build 4567 src/Makefile.m4 4568 src/snprintf.c 4569 Deleted Files: 4570 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 4571 mail.local/Makefile 4572 mail.local/Makefile.dist 4573 mailstats/Makefile 4574 mailstats/Makefile.dist 4575 makemap/Makefile 4576 makemap/Makefile.dist 4577 praliases/Makefile 4578 praliases/Makefile.dist 4579 rmail/Makefile 4580 smrsh/Makefile 4581 smrsh/Makefile.dist 4582 src/Makefile 4583 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 4584 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 4585 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 4586 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 4587 Renamed Files: 4588 READ_ME => README 4589 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 4590 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 4591 src/READ_ME => src/README 4592 45938.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 4594 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 4595 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4596 Meteorological Institute. 4597 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 4598 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 4599 Arseneault of SRI International. 4600 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 4601 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 4602 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4603 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 4604 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 4605 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 4606 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 4607 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 4608 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4609 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 4610 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 4611 River Systems. 4612 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 4613 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 4614 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 4615 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 4616 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4617 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 4618 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 4619 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 4620 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 4621 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 4622 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 4623 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 4624 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 4625 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4626 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 4627 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 4628 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4629 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 4630 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 4631 results during a single message processing (but would 4632 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 4633 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 4634 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 4635 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4636 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4637 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 4638 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 4639 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4640 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4641 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 4642 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 4643 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 4644 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 4645 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 4646 and the inability to save a bounce message to 4647 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 4648 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 4649 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 4650 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 4651 Associates. 4652 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 4653 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 4654 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 4655 could cause confusing error messages. 4656 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 4657 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 4658 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 4659 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 4660 SuperNet, Inc. 4661 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 4662 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4663 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 4664 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4665 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4666 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 4667 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 4668 dropped. 4669 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 4670 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 4671 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4672 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 4673 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 4674 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 4675 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 4676 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4677 Institute. 4678 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 4679 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 4680 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 4681 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 4682 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 4683 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 4684 RUS University of Stuttgart. 4685 Minor lint fixes. 4686 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 4687 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 4688 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 4689 of Stanford University. 4690 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 4691 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 4692 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 4693 Portability: 4694 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 4695 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 4696 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 4697 Electronic Data Systems. 4698 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 4699 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 4700 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 4701 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 4702 loader environment variables into the loader memory 4703 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 4704 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 4705 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 4706 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 4707 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 4708 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 4709 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 4710 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 4711 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 4712 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 4713 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 4714 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 4715 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4716 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 4717 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 4718 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 4719 Services. 4720 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 4721 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 4722 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 4723 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 4724 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 4725 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 4726 Services VAS. 4727 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 4728 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 4729 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 4730 Ericsson. 4731 47328.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 4733 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 4734 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 4735 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 4736 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 4737 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 4738 GmbH. 4739 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 4740 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 4741 of Technology, Stockholm. 4742 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 4743 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 4744 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 4745 that these routines are included as though they were in the 4746 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 4747 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 4748 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 4749 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 4750 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 4751 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 4752 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 4753 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 4754 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 4755 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 4756 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 4757 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 4758 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 4759 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 4760 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 4761 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 4762 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 4763 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 4764 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 4765 have to assume that the information is good. 4766 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 4767 open or locked. 4768 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 4769 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 4770 errors during testing. 4771 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 4772 printed in the error message. 4773 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 4774 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 4775 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 4776 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 4777 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 4778 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 4779 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 4780 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 4781 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 4782 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 4783 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 4784 runner runs during a critical section in another message 4785 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 4786 Results Computing. 4787 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 4788 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 4789 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 4790 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 4791 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 4792 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 4793 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 4794 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 4795 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 4796 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 4797 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 4798 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 4799 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 4800 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 4801 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 4802 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 4803 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 4804 simultaneously. 4805 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 4806 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 4807 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 4808 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 4809 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4810 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 4811 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 4812 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 4813 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4814 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 4815 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 4816 CSU Chico. 4817 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 4818 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 4819 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 4820 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 4821 Portability: 4822 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 4823 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 4824 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 4825 be used instead. 4826 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 4827 of Argonne National Laboratory. 4828 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 4829 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 4830 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 4831 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 4832 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 4833 in Makefiles. 4834 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 4835 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 4836 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 4837 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 4838 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 4839 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 4840 NCR Corp. 4841 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 4842 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 4843 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 4844 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 4845 Resource Network 4846 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 4847 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 4848 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 4849 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 4850 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 4851 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 4852 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 4853 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 4854 Corp. 4855 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 4856 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 4857 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 4858 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 4859 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 4860 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 4861 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 4862 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 4863 PlainTalk. 4864 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 4865 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 4866 by Harry Styron. 4867 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 4868 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 4869 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 4870 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 4871 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 4872 changed after open". 4873 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 4874 files. 4875 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 4876 NEW FILES: 4877 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 4878 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 4879 test/t_exclopen.c 4880 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 4881 DELETED FILES: 4882 Makefile 4883 48848.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 4885 ************************************************************* 4886 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 4887 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 4888 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 4889 * continued sendmail development. * 4890 ************************************************************* 4891 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 4892 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 4893 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 4894 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 4895 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 4896 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 4897 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 4898 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 4899 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 4900 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 4901 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 4902 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 4903 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 4904 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 4905 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 4906 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 4907 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 4908 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 4909 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 4910 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 4911 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 4912 another database; this can be used either to expose 4913 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 4914 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 4915 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 4916 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 4917 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 4918 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 4919 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 4920 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 4921 system directories. 4922 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 4923 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 4924 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 4925 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 4926 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 4927 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 4928 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 4929 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 4930 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 4931 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 4932 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 4933 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 4934 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 4935 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 4936 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 4937 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 4938 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 4939 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 4940 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 4941 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 4942 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 4943 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 4944 NFS-mounted filesystems. 4945 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 4946 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 4947 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 4948 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 4949 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 4950 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 4951 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 4952 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 4953 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 4954 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 4955 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 4956 same host). 4957 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 4958 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 4959 from Theo de Raadt. 4960 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 4961 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 4962 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4963 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 4964 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 4965 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 4966 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 4967 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 4968 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4969 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 4970 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 4971 Microsystems. 4972 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 4973 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 4974 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4975 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 4976 too large) don't send the bogus message. 4977 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 4978 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 4979 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4980 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 4981 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 4982 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 4983 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 4984 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 4985 Shapiro. 4986 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 4987 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 4988 Sun Microsystems. 4989 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 4990 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 4991 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 4992 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 4993 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 4994 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 4995 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 4996 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 4997 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 4998 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 4999 Mercury Mail. 5000 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 5001 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 5002 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 5003 Morgan Stanley. 5004 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 5005 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 5006 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 5007 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 5008 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 5009 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 5010 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 5011 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 5012 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 5013 not be run. 5014 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 5015 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 5016 printing. 5017 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 5018 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 5019 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5020 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 5021 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 5022 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 5023 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 5024 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 5025 erroneous results during a single message processing 5026 (but would recover when the next message was received). 5027 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 5028 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 5029 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 5030 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 5031 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 5032 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 5033 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 5034 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 5035 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 5036 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 5037 address as "may be forged". 5038 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 5039 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 5040 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 5041 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 5042 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 5043 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 5044 of TwinCom. 5045 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 5046 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 5047 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 5048 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 5049 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 5050 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 5051 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 5052 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 5053 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5054 Institute. 5055 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 5056 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 5057 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 5058 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 5059 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 5060 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 5061 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 5062 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 5063 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 5064 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 5065 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 5066 book (2nd edition). 5067 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 5068 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 5069 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 5070 John Beck of SunSoft. 5071 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 5072 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 5073 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 5074 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 5075 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 5076 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 5077 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 5078 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 5079 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 5080 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 5081 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 5082 returns. 5083 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 5084 on some architectures. 5085 Portability: 5086 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 5087 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 5088 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 5089 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 5090 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 5091 of Washington. 5092 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 5093 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 5094 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5095 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 5096 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 5097 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 5098 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 5099 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 5100 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 5101 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5102 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 5103 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 5104 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 5105 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 5106 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 5107 Cambridge. 5108 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 5109 Kari Hurtta. 5110 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 5111 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 5112 IRIX Makefile). 5113 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 5114 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5115 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 5116 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 5117 Brian Candler. 5118 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 5119 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 5120 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5121 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 5122 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 5123 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5124 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 5125 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 5126 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 5127 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 5128 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 5129 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5130 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 5131 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 5132 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 5133 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 5134 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 5135 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 5136 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 5137 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5138 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 5139 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 5140 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 5141 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 5142 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 5143 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 5144 was specified, even when it wasn't. 5145 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 5146 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 5147 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 5148 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 5149 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 5150 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 5151 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 5152 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 5153 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 5154 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 5155 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 5156 developers). 5157 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 5158 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 5159 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5160 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 5161 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 5162 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 5163 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 5164 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 5165 NEXTSTEP. 5166 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 5167 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 5168 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 5169 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 5170 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5171 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 5172 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 5173 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 5174 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 5175 for system accounts. 5176 NEW FILES: 5177 src/safefile.c 5178 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 5179 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 5180 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 5181 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 5182 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 5183 RENAMED FILES: 5184 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 5185 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 5186 51878.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 5188 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 5189 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 5190 even if RunAsUser is specified. 5191 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 5192 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 5193 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5194 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 5195 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 5196 University of Pennsylvania. 5197 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 5198 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 5199 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 5200 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 5201 was unnecessarily awful. 5202 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 5203 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 5204 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 5205 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 5206 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 5207 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 5208 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 5209 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 5210 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5211 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 5212 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5213 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 5214 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 5215 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5216 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 5217 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 5218 Semiconductor Corp. 5219 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 5220 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 5221 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 5222 at Austin. 5223 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 5224 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 5225 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 5226 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 5227 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 5228 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 5229 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 5230 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 5231 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 5232 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 5233 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 5234 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 5235 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 5236 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 5237 Costales. 5238 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 5239 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 5240 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 5241 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 5242 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 5243 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 5244 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 5245 The current values and defaults are: 5246 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 5247 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 5248 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 5249 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 5250 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 5251 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 5252 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 5253 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 5254 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 5255 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5256 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 5257 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 5258 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 5259 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 5260 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 5261 Eric Hagberg. 5262 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 5263 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 5264 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 5265 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 5266 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 5267 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 5268 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 5269 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5270 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 5271 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 5272 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 5273 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 5274 Communications. 5275 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 5276 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 5277 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 5278 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5279 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 5280 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 5281 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 5282 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 5283 PORTABILITY: 5284 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 5285 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 5286 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 5287 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 5288 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5289 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 5290 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 5291 (Moscow). 5292 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 5293 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 5294 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 5295 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 5296 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 5297 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 5298 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 5299 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 5300 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 5301 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 5302 Received: line. 5303 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 5304 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 5305 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 5306 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 5307 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 5308 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 5309 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 5310 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 5311 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 5312 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 5313 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 5314 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 5315 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 5316 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 5317 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 5318 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 5319 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 5320 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 5321 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 5322 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 5323 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5324 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 5325 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 5326 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 5327 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 5328 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 5329 Long Beach. 5330 53318.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 5332 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 5333 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 5334 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 5335 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 5336 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 5337 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 5338 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 5339 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 5340 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 5341 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 5342 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 5343 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 5344 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 5345 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 5346 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 5347 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 5348 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 5349 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 5350 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5351 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 5352 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 5353 Problem noted by several people. 5354 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 5355 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 5356 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 5357 by several people. 5358 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 5359 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 5360 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 5361 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 5362 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 5363 of Best Internet Communications. 5364 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 5365 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 5366 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 5367 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 5368 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 5369 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 5370 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 5371 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 5372 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 5373 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 5374 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 5375 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 5376 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5377 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 5378 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 5379 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 5380 by Roy Mongiovi. 5381 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 5382 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5383 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 5384 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 5385 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 5386 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 5387 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 5388 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 5389 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 5390 of Kyoto University. 5391 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 5392 conditions from Don Lewis. 5393 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 5394 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 5395 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 5396 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 5397 patch from Bryan Costales. 5398 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5399 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 5400 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 5401 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 5402 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 5403 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 5404 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 5405 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 5406 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 5407 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 5408 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 5409 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 5410 of Tokyo. 5411 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 5412 Services, Inc. 5413 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 5414 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 5415 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 5416 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 5417 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 5418 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 5419 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 5420 than one long one. By popular demand. 5421 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 5422 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 5423 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 5424 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 5425 of NTT Software Corporation. 5426 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 5427 NEW FILES: 5428 contrib/etrn.pl 5429 54308.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 5431 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 5432 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 5433 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 5434 best-of-security list. 5435 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 5436 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 5437 should make it clearer to people that they are running 5438 the wrong binary. 5439 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 5440 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 5441 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 5442 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 5443 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 5444 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 5445 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 5446 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 5447 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5448 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 5449 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 5450 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 5451 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 5452 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 5453 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 5454 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 5455 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 5456 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 5457 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 5458 Eric Wassenaar. 5459 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 5460 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 5461 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 5462 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 5463 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 5464 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 5465 UUNET. 5466 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 5467 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 5468 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 5469 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 5470 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 5471 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 5472 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 5473 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 5474 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 5475 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 5476 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5477 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 5478 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 5479 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 5480 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 5481 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 5482 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 5483 University of Linkoping. 5484 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 5485 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 5486 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 5487 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 5488 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 5489 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 5490 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 5491 other end. 5492 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 5493 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 5494 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 5495 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 5496 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 5497 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 5498 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5499 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5500 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 5501 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 5502 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 5503 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 5504 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 5505 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 5506 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 5507 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 5508 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 5509 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 5510 The outline of the implementation was contributed 5511 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 5512 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 5513 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 5514 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 5515 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 5516 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 5517 Earickson of Colby College. 5518 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 5519 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 5520 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 5521 Kari Hurtta. 5522 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 5523 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 5524 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 5525 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 5526 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 5527 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 5528 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5529 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 5530 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 5531 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 5532 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 5533 University of Washington, Seattle. 5534 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 5535 Polytechnic Institute. 5536 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 5537 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 5538 NEW FILES: 5539 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 5540 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 5541 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 5542 55438.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 5544 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 5545 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 5546 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5547 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 5548 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 5549 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 5550 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 5551 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 5552 CONFIG: no changes. 5553 55548.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 5555 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 5556 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 5557 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 5558 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 5559 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 5560 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 5561 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 5562 of WPI. 5563 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 5564 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 5565 Kyoto University. 5566 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 5567 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 5568 on illegal host names. 5569 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 5570 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 5571 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 5572 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 5573 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 5574 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 5575 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 5576 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 5577 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5578 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 5579 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 5580 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 5581 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 5582 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 5583 University of Leicester. 5584 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 5585 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 5586 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 5587 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 5588 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 5589 University of Washington. 5590 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5591 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 5592 people pointed this out. 5593 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 5594 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 5595 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 5596 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 5597 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 5598 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 5599 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 5600 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 5601 Softec. 5602 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 5603 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5604 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 5605 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 5606 56078.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 5608 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 5609 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 5610 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 5611 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 5612 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 5613 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 5614 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 5615 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 5616 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 5617 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 5618 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 5619 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 5620 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 5621 NSC (Japan). 5622 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 5623 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 5624 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5625 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 5626 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 5627 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 5628 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 5629 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 5630 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 5631 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 5632 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 5633 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 5634 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 5635 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 5636 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 5637 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 5638 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 5639 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 5640 printout. 5641 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 5642 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 5643 square braces. 5644 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 5645 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 5646 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 5647 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 5648 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 5649 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 5650 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5651 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 5652 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 5653 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 5654 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 5655 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 5656 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 5657 Dandelion Digital. 5658 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 5659 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 5660 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 5661 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 5662 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 5663 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 5664 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 5665 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 5666 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 5667 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 5668 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 5669 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 5670 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 5671 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 5672 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 5673 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 5674 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 5675 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 5676 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 5677 mailers. 5678 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 5679 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 5680 Myers of CMU. 5681 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 5682 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 5683 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 5684 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 5685 there should be no security implications. Implementation 5686 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 5687 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 5688 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 5689 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 5690 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 5691 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 5692 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 5693 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 5694 parameter. 5695 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 5696 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 5697 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 5698 University of Maryland. 5699 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 5700 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 5701 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 5702 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 5703 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 5704 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 5705 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 5706 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 5707 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 5708 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 5709 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 5710 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 5711 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 5712 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 5713 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 5714 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 5715 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 5716 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 5717 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 5718 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 5719 section 5.2.5. 5720 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 5721 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 5722 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 5723 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 5724 is for incoming connections only. 5725 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 5726 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 5727 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 5728 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 5729 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 5730 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 5731 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 5732 (e.g., due to connection caching). 5733 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 5734 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 5735 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 5736 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 5737 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 5738 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 5739 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 5740 that take a very long time to run. 5741 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 5742 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 5743 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 5744 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 5745 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 5746 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5747 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 5748 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 5749 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5750 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 5751 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 5752 Costales. 5753 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 5754 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 5755 Technologies, Inc. 5756 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 5757 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 5758 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 5759 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 5760 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 5761 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 5762 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 5763 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 5764 different for this case. 5765 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 5766 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 5767 of Stanford University. 5768 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 5769 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 5770 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 5771 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5772 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 5773 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 5774 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 5775 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 5776 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 5777 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5778 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 5779 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 5780 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 5781 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 5782 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 5783 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 5784 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 5785 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 5786 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 5787 Pasteur Institute. 5788 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 5789 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 5790 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 5791 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 5792 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 5793 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 5794 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 5795 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 5796 canonification. 5797 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 5798 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 5799 mailers. 5800 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 5801 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 5802 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 5803 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 5804 either of these in their configuration file. 5805 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 5806 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 5807 St. Peter's College. 5808 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 5809 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 5810 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 5811 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 5812 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 5813 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5814 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 5815 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 5816 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 5817 Costales. 5818 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 5819 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 5820 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 5821 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 5822 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 5823 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 5824 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 5825 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 5826 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 5827 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 5828 in rulesets. 5829 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 5830 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 5831 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 5832 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 5833 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 5834 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 5835 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 5836 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 5837 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 5838 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 5839 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 5840 on that basis. 5841 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 5842 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 5843 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 5844 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 5845 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 5846 Vixie. 5847 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 5848 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 5849 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 5850 See also the src/READ_ME file. 5851 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 5852 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 5853 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 5854 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 5855 two characters $, +. 5856 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 5857 debug_dumpstate. 5858 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 5859 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 5860 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 5861 valid recipients. 5862 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 5863 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 5864 noted by Tom May. 5865 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 5866 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 5867 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 5868 Beck of InReference, Inc. 5869 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 5870 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 5871 Computing Corporation. 5872 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 5873 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 5874 Internet Communications. 5875 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 5876 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 5877 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 5878 of Lysator. 5879 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 5880 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 5881 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 5882 of the University of Iceland. 5883 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 5884 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 5885 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 5886 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 5887 this change is a no-op. 5888 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 5889 Costales. 5890 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 5891 Bryan Costales. 5892 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 5893 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 5894 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 5895 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5896 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 5897 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5898 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 5899 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 5900 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 5901 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5902 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 5903 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 5904 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 5905 Jones of UUNET. 5906 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 5907 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 5908 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 5909 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 5910 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 5911 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 5912 easily determine what messages are to their role as 5913 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 5914 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 5915 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 5916 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 5917 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 5918 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 5919 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 5920 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 5921 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 5922 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 5923 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 5924 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 5925 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 5926 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 5927 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 5928 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 5929 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 5930 of Stanford University. 5931 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 5932 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 5933 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 5934 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 5935 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 5936 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 5937 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 5938 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 5939 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 5940 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 5941 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 5942 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 5943 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 5944 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 5945 Motonori Nakamura. 5946 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 5947 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 5948 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 5949 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 5950 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 5951 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 5952 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 5953 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 5954 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 5955 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 5956 value is ".hoststat". 5957 There are also two new operation modes: 5958 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 5959 connections. 5960 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 5961 recent status information. 5962 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 5963 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 5964 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 5965 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 5966 framework is gratefully appreciated. 5967 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 5968 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 5969 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 5970 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 5971 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 5972 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 5973 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 5974 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 5975 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 5976 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 5977 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 5978 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 5979 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 5980 Costales. 5981 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 5982 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 5983 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 5984 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 5985 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 5986 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 5987 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 5988 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 5989 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 5990 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 5991 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 5992 Webmasters. 5993 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 5994 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 5995 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 5996 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 5997 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 5998 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 5999 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 6000 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 6001 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 6002 of Washington, Seattle. 6003 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 6004 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 6005 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 6006 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 6007 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 6008 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 6009 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 6010 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 6011 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 6012 Nakamura. 6013 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 6014 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 6015 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 6016 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 6017 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 6018 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 6019 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 6020 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 6021 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 6022 well constrained. 6023 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 6024 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 6025 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 6026 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 6027 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 6028 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 6029 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 6030 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 6031 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 6032 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 6033 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 6034 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 6035 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 6036 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 6037 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 6038 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 6039 Wolfhugel. 6040 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 6041 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 6042 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 6043 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 6044 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 6045 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 6046 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6047 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 6048 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 6049 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 6050 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 6051 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 6052 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 6053 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 6054 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 6055 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 6056 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 6057 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 6058 National University of Singapore. 6059 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 6060 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 6061 system can't cope with. 6062 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6063 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 6064 Atlas International. 6065 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 6066 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 6067 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 6068 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 6069 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 6070 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 6071 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 6072 Bernstein and Associates. 6073 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 6074 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 6075 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 6076 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 6077 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 6078 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 6079 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 6080 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 6081 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 6082 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 6083 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 6084 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 6085 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 6086 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6087 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 6088 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 6089 Institute. 6090 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 6091 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 6092 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 6093 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 6094 Employment Standards Administration. 6095 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 6096 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 6097 Jr. 6098 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 6099 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 6100 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 6101 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 6102 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 6103 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 6104 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 6105 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 6106 of the University of Arizona. 6107 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 6108 Vanderbilt University. 6109 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 6110 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 6111 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 6112 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 6113 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 6114 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 6115 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 6116 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 6117 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 6118 Foundation. 6119 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 6120 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 6121 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 6122 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 6123 Myers of CMU. 6124 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 6125 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 6126 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 6127 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 6128 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 6129 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 6130 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 6131 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 6132 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 6133 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 6134 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 6135 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 6136 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 6137 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 6138 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 6139 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 6140 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 6141 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6142 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 6143 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 6144 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 6145 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 6146 info@foo.com foo-info 6147 info@bar.com bar-info 6148 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 6149 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 6150 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 6151 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 6152 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 6153 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 6154 a great many people. 6155 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 6156 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 6157 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 6158 "fax" mailer. 6159 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 6160 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 6161 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 6162 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 6163 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 6164 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 6165 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 6166 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 6167 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 6168 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 6169 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 6170 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 6171 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 6172 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 6173 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 6174 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 6175 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 6176 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 6177 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 6178 of WPI. 6179 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 6180 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 6181 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 6182 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 6183 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 6184 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 6185 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 6186 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 6187 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 6188 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 6189 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 6190 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 6191 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 6192 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 6193 by Andreas Luik. 6194 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 6195 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 6196 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6197 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 6198 Wolfhugel. 6199 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 6200 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 6201 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 6202 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 6203 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 6204 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 6205 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 6206 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 6207 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 6208 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 6209 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 6210 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 6211 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 6212 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 6213 Costales. 6214 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 6215 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 6216 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 6217 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 6218 NEW FILES: 6219 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 6220 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 6221 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 6222 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 6223 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 6224 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 6225 mailstats/mailstats.8 6226 praliases/praliases.8 6227 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 6228 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 6229 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 6230 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 6231 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 6232 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 6233 cf/ostype/altos.m4 6234 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 6235 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 6236 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 6237 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 6238 DELETED FILES: 6239 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 6240 contrib/xla/README 6241 contrib/xla/xla.c 6242 RENAMED FILES: 6243 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 6244 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 6245 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 6246 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 6247 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 6248 62498.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 6250 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 6251 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 6252 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 6253 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 6254 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 6255 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 6256 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 6257 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 6258 62598.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 6260 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 6261 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 6262 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 6263 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 6264 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 6265 and others. 6266 62678.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 6268 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 6269 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 6270 any user (except root). 6271 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 6272 version number is unchanged. 6273 62748.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 6275 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 6276 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 6277 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6278 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 6279 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 6280 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 6281 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 6282 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 6283 Costales. 6284 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6285 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 6286 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 6287 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 6288 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 6289 Stanford University. 6290 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 6291 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6292 62938.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 6294 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 6295 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 6296 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 6297 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 6298 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 6299 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 6300 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 6301 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 6302 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 6303 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 6304 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 6305 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 6306 by Kari Hurtta. 6307 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 6308 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 6309 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 6310 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 6311 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 6312 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 6313 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 6314 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 6315 bounces when it should have requeued. 6316 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 6317 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 6318 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 6319 John Hawkinson of Panix. 6320 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 6321 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 6322 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 6323 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 6324 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 6325 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 6326 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 6327 Infobiogen. 6328 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 6329 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 6330 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 6331 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 6332 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 6333 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 6334 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 6335 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 6336 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 6337 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 6338 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 6339 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 6340 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 6341 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 6342 underscores. 6343 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 6344 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 6345 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 6346 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 6347 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 6348 included even if the user did not request success notification, 6349 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6350 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 6351 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 6352 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 6353 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 6354 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 6355 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 6356 Costales of ICSI. 6357 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 6358 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 6359 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 6360 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 6361 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 6362 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 6363 Technological University. 6364 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 6365 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 6366 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 6367 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6368 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 6369 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 6370 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 6371 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 6372 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 6373 to have the database format of the alias files without the 6374 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 6375 Inc. 6376 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 6377 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 6378 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 6379 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 6380 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 6381 University. 6382 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 6383 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 6384 Association for Progressive Communications. 6385 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 6386 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 6387 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 6388 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 6389 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 6390 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 6391 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 6392 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 6393 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 6394 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 6395 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 6396 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 6397 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 6398 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 6399 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 6400 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 6401 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 6402 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 6403 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6404 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 6405 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 6406 James B. Davis of TCI. 6407 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 6408 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6409 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 6410 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 6411 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 6412 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 6413 isn't supported on all compilers. 6414 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 6415 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 6416 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 6417 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 6418 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 6419 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 6420 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 6421 (France). 6422 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 6423 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 6424 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 6425 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 6426 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 6427 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 6428 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 6429 for different files. 6430 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 6431 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 6432 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6433 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 6434 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 6435 changes). 6436 64378.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 6438 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 6439 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 6440 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 6441 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 6442 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 6443 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 6444 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 6445 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 6446 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 6447 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6448 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 6449 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 6450 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 6451 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 6452 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 6453 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 6454 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 6455 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 6456 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 6457 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 6458 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 6459 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 6460 results. This could have security implications. 6461 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 6462 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 6463 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 6464 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 6465 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 6466 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 6467 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 6468 Elz. 6469 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 6470 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 6471 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 6472 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 6473 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 6474 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 6475 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 6476 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 6477 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 6478 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 6479 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 6480 domain names are your friends. 6481 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 6482 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 6483 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 6484 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 6485 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 6486 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 6487 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 6488 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 6489 of TerraNet. 6490 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 6491 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 6492 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 6493 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 6494 of WPI. 6495 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6496 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 6497 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 6498 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 6499 file and SGI standards. From Andre 6500 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 6501 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 6502 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 6503 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 6504 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 6505 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 6506 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 6507 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 6508 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 6509 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6510 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 6511 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 6512 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6513 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 6514 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 6515 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 6516 Infobiogen (France). 6517 NEW FILES: 6518 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 6519 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 6520 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 6521 65228.7/8.7 1995/09/16 6523 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 6524 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 6525 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 6526 Global Communications. 6527 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 6528 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 6529 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 6530 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 6531 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 6532 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 6533 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6534 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 6535 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 6536 can be confusing. 6537 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 6538 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 6539 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 6540 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 6541 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 6542 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 6543 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 6544 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 6545 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 6546 Maryland. 6547 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 6548 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 6549 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 6550 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 6551 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6552 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 6553 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 6554 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 6555 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 6556 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 6557 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 6558 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6559 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 6560 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 6561 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 6562 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6563 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 6564 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 6565 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 6566 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 6567 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 6568 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 6569 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 6570 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 6571 Swarthmore University. 6572 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 6573 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 6574 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 6575 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 6576 ruleset. 6577 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 6578 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 6579 -d debug flag. 6580 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 6581 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 6582 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 6583 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 6584 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 6585 and the parsed address. 6586 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 6587 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 6588 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 6589 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 6590 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 6591 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 6592 recipients. 6593 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 6594 return the result. 6595 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 6596 `mapname' and return the result. 6597 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 6598 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 6599 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 6600 the header for envelope sender information and uses 6601 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 6602 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 6603 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 6604 that functionality. 6605 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 6606 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 6607 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 6608 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 6609 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 6610 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 6611 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 6612 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 6613 of Michigan Technological University. 6614 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 6615 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 6616 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 6617 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 6618 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 6619 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 6620 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 6621 or not. 6622 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 6623 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 6624 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 6625 the error message. It was especially weird because it 6626 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 6627 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 6628 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 6629 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 6630 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 6631 should have minimal impact on external function. 6632 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 6633 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 6634 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 6635 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 6636 7 SevenBitInput 6637 8 EightBitMode 6638 A AliasFile 6639 a AliasWait 6640 B BlankSub 6641 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 6642 C CheckpointInterval 6643 c HoldExpensive 6644 D AutoRebuildAliases 6645 d DeliveryMode 6646 E ErrorHeader 6647 e ErrorMode 6648 f SaveFromLine 6649 F TempFileMode 6650 G MatchGECOS 6651 H HelpFile 6652 h MaxHopCount 6653 i IgnoreDots 6654 I ResolverOptions 6655 J ForwardPath 6656 j SendMimeErrors 6657 k ConnectionCacheSize 6658 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 6659 L LogLevel 6660 l UseErrorsTo 6661 m MeToo 6662 n CheckAliases 6663 O DaemonPortOptions 6664 o OldStyleHeaders 6665 P PostmasterCopy 6666 p PrivacyOptions 6667 Q QueueDirectory 6668 q QueueFactor 6669 R DontPruneRoutes 6670 r, T Timeout 6671 S StatusFile 6672 s SuperSafe 6673 t TimeZoneSpec 6674 u DefaultUser 6675 U UserDatabaseSpec 6676 V FallbackMXHost 6677 v Verbose 6678 w TryNullMXList 6679 x QueueLA 6680 X RefuseLA 6681 Y ForkEachJob 6682 y RecipientFactor 6683 z ClassFactor 6684 Z RetryFactor 6685 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 6686 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 6687 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 6688 $l UnixFromLine 6689 $o OperatorChars 6690 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 6691 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 6692 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 6693 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 6694 specify "V6" in the configuration. 6695 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 6696 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 6697 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 6698 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 6699 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 6700 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 6701 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 6702 This requires config file support to get right. It does 6703 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 6704 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 6705 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 6706 A Addresses are aliasable. 6707 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 6708 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 6709 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 6710 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 6711 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 6712 recipient mailer flags. 6713 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 6714 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 6715 delivery. 6716 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 6717 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 6718 : Check for :include: on this address. 6719 | Check for |program on this address. 6720 / Check for /file on this address. 6721 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 6722 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 6723 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 6724 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 6725 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 6726 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 6727 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 6728 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 6729 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 6730 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 6731 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 6732 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 6733 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 6734 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 6735 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 6736 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 6737 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 6738 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 6739 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 6740 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 6741 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 6742 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 6743 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 6744 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 6745 (essentially, the full MIME option). 6746 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 6747 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 6748 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 6749 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 6750 flag is ignored. 6751 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 6752 the setting of F=8. 6753 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 6754 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 6755 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 6756 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 6757 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 6758 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 6759 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 6760 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 6761 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 6762 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 6763 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 6764 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 6765 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 6766 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 6767 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 6768 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 6769 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 6770 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 6771 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 6772 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 6773 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 6774 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 6775 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 6776 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 6777 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 6778 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 6779 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 6780 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 6781 Unicom. 6782 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 6783 fashion as the U= mailer option. 6784 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 6785 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 6786 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 6787 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 6788 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 6789 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 6790 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 6791 from Chip Rosenthal. 6792 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 6793 For example, 6794 O Timeout.helo = 2m 6795 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 6796 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 6797 set them both the preferred new syntax is 6798 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 6799 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 6800 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 6801 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 6802 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 6803 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 6804 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 6805 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 6806 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 6807 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 6808 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 6809 contribution was to make it configurable). 6810 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 6811 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 6812 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 6813 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 6814 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 6815 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 6816 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 6817 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 6818 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 6819 I/O redirection. 6820 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 6821 can be confusing. 6822 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 6823 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 6824 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 6825 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 6826 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 6827 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 6828 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 6829 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 6830 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 6831 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 6832 queue-only. 6833 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 6834 :include: and .forward files. 6835 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 6836 key field name, the value field name, and the field 6837 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 6838 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 6839 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 6840 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 6841 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6842 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 6843 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 6844 Sun Microsystems. 6845 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 6846 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 6847 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 6848 Hutton of Indiana University. 6849 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 6850 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 6851 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 6852 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 6853 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 6854 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 6855 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 6856 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 6857 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 6858 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 6859 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 6860 as comments. 6861 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 6862 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 6863 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 6864 are from sysexits.h. 6865 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 6866 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 6867 Kmap1 ... 6868 Kmap2 ... 6869 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 6870 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 6871 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 6872 map2 is searched and the value returned. 6873 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 6874 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 6875 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 6876 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 6877 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 6878 For example, if the declaration of the map is 6879 Ksample switch hosts 6880 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 6881 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 6882 equivalent to 6883 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 6884 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 6885 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 6886 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 6887 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 6888 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 6889 the -m (matchonly) flag. 6890 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 6891 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 6892 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 6893 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 6894 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 6895 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 6896 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 6897 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 6898 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 6899 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 6900 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 6901 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 6902 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 6903 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 6904 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 6905 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 6906 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 6907 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 6908 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 6909 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 6910 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 6911 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 6912 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 6913 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 6914 an /etc/hosts entry reads 6915 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 6916 this change will use the second name as the canonical 6917 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 6918 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 6919 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 6920 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 6921 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 6922 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 6923 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 6924 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 6925 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 6926 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 6927 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 6928 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 6929 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 6930 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 6931 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 6932 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 6933 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 6934 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 6935 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 6936 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 6937 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 6938 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 6939 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 6940 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 6941 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 6942 much longer than the specified timeout. 6943 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 6944 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 6945 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 6946 denial-of-service attack. 6947 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 6948 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 6949 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 6950 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 6951 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 6952 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 6953 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 6954 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 6955 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 6956 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 6957 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 6958 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 6959 actually file lookups. 6960 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 6961 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 6962 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 6963 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 6964 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 6965 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 6966 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 6967 support for them has been removed. 6968 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 6969 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 6970 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 6971 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 6972 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 6973 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 6974 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 6975 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 6976 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 6977 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 6978 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 6979 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 6980 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 6981 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 6982 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 6983 also improves the connection cache utilization. 6984 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 6985 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 6986 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 6987 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 6988 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 6989 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 6990 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 6991 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 6992 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 6993 Microsystems. 6994 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 6995 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 6996 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 6997 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 6998 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 6999 option can give the network software time to establish 7000 the link. The default units are seconds. 7001 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 7002 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 7003 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 7004 Defense Information Systems Agency. 7005 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 7006 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 7007 the National Computer Security Center. 7008 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 7009 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 7010 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 7011 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 7012 the mailprio scripts (see below). 7013 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 7014 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 7015 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 7016 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 7017 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 7018 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 7019 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 7020 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 7021 University Computing Service. 7022 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 7023 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 7024 the University of Kentucky. 7025 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 7026 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 7027 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 7028 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 7029 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 7030 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 7031 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 7032 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 7033 Corporation. 7034 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 7035 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 7036 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 7037 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 7038 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 7039 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 7040 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 7041 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 7042 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 7043 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 7044 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 7045 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 7046 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 7047 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 7048 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 7049 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 7050 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 7051 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 7052 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 7053 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 7054 Communications. 7055 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 7056 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 7057 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 7058 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 7059 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 7060 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 7061 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 7062 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 7063 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 7064 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 7065 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 7066 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7067 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 7068 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 7069 on values: 7070 None Leave the message as is. The 7071 message will be passed on even 7072 though it is in technically 7073 illegal syntax. 7074 Add-To Add a To: header with any 7075 recipients that it can find from 7076 the envelope. This risks exposing 7077 Bcc: recipients. 7078 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 7079 has almost no redeeming social value, 7080 and is provided only for back 7081 compatibility. 7082 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 7083 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 7084 which will have the effect of 7085 making the message legal without 7086 exposing Bcc: recipients. 7087 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 7088 There is a chance that mailers down 7089 the line will delete this header, 7090 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 7091 recipients. 7092 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 7093 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 7094 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 7095 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 7096 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 7097 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 7098 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 7099 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 7100 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 7101 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 7102 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 7103 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 7104 For example, if you run with 7105 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 7106 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 7107 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 7108 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 7109 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 7110 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 7111 entries. For example, given the aliases: 7112 list: member1 7113 list: member2 7114 and an alias file declared as: 7115 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 7116 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 7117 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 7118 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7119 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 7120 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 7121 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 7122 Johannesen. 7123 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 7124 to be simpler and more consistent. 7125 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 7126 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 7127 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 7128 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7129 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 7130 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 7131 This may affect some people who have written their own 7132 checkcompat() routine. 7133 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 7134 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 7135 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 7136 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 7137 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 7138 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 7139 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 7140 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 7141 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 7142 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 7143 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 7144 Corporation. 7145 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 7146 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 7147 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 7148 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 7149 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 7150 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 7151 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 7152 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 7153 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 7154 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 7155 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 7156 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 7157 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 7158 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 7159 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 7160 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 7161 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 7162 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 7163 the header. 7164 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7165 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 7166 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 7167 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 7168 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 7169 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 7170 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 7171 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 7172 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 7173 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 7174 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 7175 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 7176 is added between the first and second word of the first 7177 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 7178 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 7179 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 7180 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 7181 old sendmails understand. 7182 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 7183 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 7184 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 7185 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 7186 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 7187 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 7188 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 7189 data -- for example, 7190 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 7191 (romanized/less information) 7192 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 7193 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 7194 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 7195 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 7196 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 7197 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 7198 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 7199 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 7200 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 7201 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 7202 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 7203 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 7204 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 7205 Eric Prestemon of American University. 7206 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 7207 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 7208 increment on the background value). 7209 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 7210 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 7211 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 7212 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 7213 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 7214 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 7215 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 7216 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 7217 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 7218 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 7219 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 7220 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 7221 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 7222 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 7223 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 7224 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 7225 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 7226 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 7227 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 7228 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 7229 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 7230 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 7231 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 7232 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 7233 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 7234 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 7235 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 7236 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 7237 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 7238 service type is "files". 7239 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 7240 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 7241 into class "c". 7242 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 7243 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 7244 contributed by SunSoft. 7245 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 7246 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 7247 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 7248 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 7249 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 7250 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 7251 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 7252 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 7253 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 7254 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 7255 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 7256 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 7257 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 7258 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7259 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 7260 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 7261 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 7262 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 7263 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 7264 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 7265 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 7266 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 7267 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 7268 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 7269 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 7270 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 7271 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 7272 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 7273 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 7274 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 7275 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 7276 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 7277 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 7278 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 7279 flags. 7280 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 7281 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 7282 Motonori Nakamura. 7283 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 7284 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 7285 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 7286 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 7287 of MIT. 7288 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 7289 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 7290 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 7291 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 7292 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 7293 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 7294 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 7295 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 7296 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 7297 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 7298 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 7299 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 7300 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 7301 the make. 7302 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 7303 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 7304 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 7305 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 7306 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 7307 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 7308 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 7309 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 7310 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 7311 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 7312 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 7313 of Sun Microsystems. 7314 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 7315 is at least 50% faster. 7316 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 7317 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 7318 University. 7319 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 7320 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7321 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 7322 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 7323 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 7324 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 7325 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 7326 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 7327 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 7328 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 7329 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 7330 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 7331 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 7332 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 7333 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 7334 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 7335 Carnegie Mellon. 7336 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 7337 support. 7338 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 7339 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 7340 Global Information Solutions. 7341 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 7342 From Motonori Nakamura. 7343 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 7344 Motonori Nakamura. 7345 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 7346 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 7347 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 7348 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 7349 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 7350 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 7351 James of British Telecom. 7352 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 7353 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 7354 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 7355 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 7356 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 7357 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 7358 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 7359 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 7360 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 7361 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 7362 a bad guy can read your private files. 7363 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7364 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 7365 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 7366 University. This expands the disk size 7367 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 7368 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 7369 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 7370 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 7371 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 7372 Linux Makefile typo. 7373 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 7374 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 7375 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 7376 University, Chico. 7377 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 7378 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 7379 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 7380 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 7381 This requires adaptation of code that really 7382 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 7383 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 7384 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 7385 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 7386 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 7387 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 7388 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 7389 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 7390 problems. 7391 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 7392 match all the other configuration files. Fix 7393 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 7394 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 7395 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 7396 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 7397 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 7398 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 7399 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 7400 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 7401 Wemm of DIALix. 7402 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 7403 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 7404 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 7405 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 7406 of Ohio State University. 7407 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 7408 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 7409 University. 7410 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 7411 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 7412 Mainz. 7413 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 7414 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 7415 wrong statfs call). 7416 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 7417 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 7418 University. 7419 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 7420 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 7421 Rochester Medical Center. 7422 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 7423 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 7424 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 7425 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 7426 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 7427 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 7428 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 7429 Division. 7430 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 7431 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 7432 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 7433 Durand of I.M.A.G. 7434 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 7435 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 7436 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 7437 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 7438 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 7439 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 7440 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 7441 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 7442 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 7443 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 7444 of Meteo France. 7445 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 7446 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 7447 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 7448 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 7449 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 7450 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 7451 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 7452 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 7453 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 7454 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 7455 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 7456 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 7457 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 7458 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 7459 of Colorado. 7460 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 7461 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 7462 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 7463 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 7464 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 7465 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 7466 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 7467 on the file, but it should be quite small. 7468 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 7469 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 7470 giving the local administrator more control over what 7471 programs can be run from sendmail. 7472 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 7473 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 7474 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 7475 never will. 7476 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 7477 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 7478 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 7479 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 7480 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 7481 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 7482 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 7483 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7484 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 7485 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 7486 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 7487 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 7488 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 7489 arbitrary directory -- use either: 7490 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 7491 or 7492 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 7493 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 7494 can use: 7495 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 7496 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 7497 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 7498 compatibility. 7499 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 7500 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 7501 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 7502 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 7503 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 7504 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 7505 County. 7506 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 7507 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 7508 just unqualified ones. 7509 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 7510 was never used and didn't work anyway. 7511 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 7512 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 7513 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 7514 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 7515 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 7516 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 7517 centralized hub. 7518 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 7519 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 7520 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 7521 this is expected to be another sendmail. 7522 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 7523 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 7524 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 7525 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 7526 Rosenthal of Unicom. 7527 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 7528 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 7529 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 7530 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 7531 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 7532 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 7533 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 7534 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 7535 but it is a no-op. 7536 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 7537 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 7538 as User Unknown. 7539 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 7540 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 7541 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 7542 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 7543 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 7544 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 7545 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 7546 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 7547 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 7548 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 7549 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 7550 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 7551 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 7552 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 7553 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 7554 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 7555 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 7556 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 7557 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 7558 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 7559 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 7560 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 7561 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 7562 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 7563 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 7564 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 7565 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 7566 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 7567 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 7568 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 7569 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 7570 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 7571 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 7572 assumed. 7573 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 7574 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 7575 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 7576 Information Systems Agency. 7577 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 7578 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 7579 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 7580 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 7581 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 7582 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 7583 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 7584 that really can be used in the real world. 7585 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 7586 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 7587 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 7588 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 7589 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 7590 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 7591 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 7592 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 7593 by Scott Hutton. 7594 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 7595 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 7596 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 7597 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 7598 people. 7599 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 7600 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 7601 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 7602 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 7603 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 7604 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 7605 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 7606 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 7607 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 7608 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 7609 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 7610 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 7611 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 7612 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 7613 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 7614 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 7615 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 7616 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 7617 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 7618 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 7619 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 7620 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 7621 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 7622 by Kimmo Suominen. 7623 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 7624 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 7625 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 7626 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 7627 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 7628 NEW FILES: 7629 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 7630 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 7631 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 7632 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 7633 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 7634 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 7635 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 7636 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 7637 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 7638 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 7639 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 7640 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 7641 cf/domain/generic.m4 7642 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 7643 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 7644 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 7645 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 7646 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 7647 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 7648 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 7649 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 7650 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 7651 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 7652 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 7653 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 7654 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 7655 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 7656 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 7657 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 7658 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 7659 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 7660 contrib/bsdi.mc 7661 contrib/mailprio 7662 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 7663 mail.local/mail.local.0 7664 makemap/makemap.0 7665 smrsh/README 7666 smrsh/smrsh.0 7667 smrsh/smrsh.8 7668 smrsh/smrsh.c 7669 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 7670 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 7671 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 7672 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 7673 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 7674 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 7675 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 7676 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 7677 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 7678 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 7679 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 7680 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 7681 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 7682 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 7683 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 7684 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 7685 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 7686 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 7687 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 7688 src/aliases.0 7689 src/mailq.0 7690 src/mime.c 7691 src/newaliases.0 7692 src/sendmail.0 7693 test/t_seteuid.c 7694 RENAMED FILES: 7695 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 7696 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 7697 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 7698 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 7699 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 7700 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 7701 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 7702 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 7703 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 7704 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7705 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7706 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7707 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 7708 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 7709 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 7710 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 7711 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 7712 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 7713 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 7714 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 7715 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 7716 OBSOLETED FILES: 7717 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 7718 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 7719 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 7720 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 7721 cf/cf/knecht.mc 7722 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 7723 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 7724 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 7725 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 7726 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 7727 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 7728 contrib/rcpt-streaming 7729 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 7730 77318.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 7732 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 7733 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 7734 any user (except root). 7735 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 7736 version number is unchanged. 7737 77388.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 7739 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 7740 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 7741 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 7742 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 7743 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 7744 each other!). 7745 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 7746 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 7747 than fork(). 7748 77498.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 7750 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 7751 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 7752 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 7753 message when attempted from IDENT. 7754 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 7755 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 7756 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 7757 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 7758 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 7759 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 7760 partial lines. 7761 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 7762 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 7763 Rob McMahon. 7764 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 7765 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 7766 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 7767 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 7768 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 7769 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 7770 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 7771 Novell Labs Europe. 7772 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 7773 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 7774 Cal State Chico. 7775 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 7776 *Hobbit*. 7777 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 7778 and Liudvikas Bukys. 7779 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 7780 from Spider Boardman. 7781 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 7782 with the binaries). 7783 77848.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 7785 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 7786 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 7787 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 7788 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 7789 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 7790 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 7791 implications. 7792 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 7793 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 7794 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 7795 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 7796 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 7797 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 7798 University of Texas. 7799 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 7800 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 7801 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 7802 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 7803 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 7804 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 7805 Data General. 7806 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 7807 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 7808 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 7809 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 7810 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 7811 with a lot of arguments). 7812 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 7813 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 7814 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 7815 Michigan. 7816 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 7817 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 7818 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 7819 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 7820 Thibault. 7821 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 7822 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 7823 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 7824 some of the map code. 7825 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 7826 with the binaries). 7827 78288.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 7829 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 7830 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 7831 may have some security implications. 7832 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 7833 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 7834 Hill of the University of Iowa. 7835 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 7836 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 7837 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 7838 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 7839 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 7840 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 7841 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 7842 option. 7843 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 7844 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 7845 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 7846 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 7847 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 7848 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 7849 Rochester. 7850 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 7851 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 7852 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 7853 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 7854 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 7855 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 7856 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 7857 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 7858 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 7859 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 7860 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 7861 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 7862 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 7863 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 7864 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 7865 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 7866 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 7867 messages. 7868 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 7869 message to explain how much space was available and 7870 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 7871 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 7872 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 7873 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 7874 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 7875 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 7876 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 7877 moves things more towards what will probably become a 7878 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 7879 Kapor Enterprises. 7880 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 7881 without recompiling. 7882 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 7883 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 7884 purely cosmetic. 7885 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 7886 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 7887 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 7888 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 7889 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 7890 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 7891 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 7892 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 7893 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 7894 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 7895 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 7896 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 7897 Wolfhugel. 7898 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 7899 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 7900 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 7901 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 7902 refused" response, and that the connection can be 7903 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 7904 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 7905 size around and can never start listening to connections 7906 again. The down side is that someone could start up 7907 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 7908 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 7909 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 7910 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 7911 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 7912 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 7913 implications. 7914 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 7915 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 7916 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 7917 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 7918 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 7919 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 7920 doc directory. This includes some additional 7921 information. 7922 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 7923 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 7924 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 7925 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 7926 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 7927 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 7928 loop the mail, which was bad news. 7929 Portability fixes: 7930 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 7931 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 7932 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 7933 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 7934 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 7935 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 7936 Newcastle upon Tyne. 7937 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 7938 Corporation. 7939 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 7940 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 7941 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 7942 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 7943 New Files: 7944 src/Makefile.CLIX 7945 src/Makefile.NCR3000 7946 doc/changes/Makefile 7947 doc/changes/changes.me 7948 doc/changes/changes.ps 7949 79508.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 7951 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 7952 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 7953 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 7954 79558.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 7956 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 7957 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 7958 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 7959 list. 7960 79618.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 7962 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 7963 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 7964 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 7965 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 7966 valid shell. 7967 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 7968 in the connection cache for a long time under some 7969 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 7970 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 7971 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 7972 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 7973 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 7974 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 7975 from a local user to another local user. From 7976 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7977 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 7978 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 7979 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7980 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 7981 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 7982 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 7983 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 7984 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 7985 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 7986 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 7987 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 7988 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 7989 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 7990 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 7991 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 7992 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 7993 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 7994 BSD-like system. 7995 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 7996 protocol entirely. 7997 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 7998 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 7999 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 8000 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 8001 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 8002 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 8003 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 8004 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 8005 files. 8006 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 8007 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 8008 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 8009 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 8010 of CMU. 8011 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 8012 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 8013 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 8014 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 8015 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 8016 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 8017 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 8018 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 8019 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 8020 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 8021 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 8022 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 8023 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 8024 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 8025 security implications. Suggested by several people. 8026 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 8027 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 8028 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 8029 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 8030 Motonori Nakamura. 8031 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 8032 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 8033 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 8034 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 8035 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 8036 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 8037 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 8038 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 8039 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 8040 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 8041 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 8042 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 8043 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 8044 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 8045 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 8046 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 8047 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 8048 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 8049 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 8050 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 8051 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8052 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 8053 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 8054 didn't see the class items being added. 8055 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 8056 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 8057 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 8058 Rutgers. 8059 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 8060 but sets h_errno to a success value. 8061 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 8062 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 8063 address specified in the P option). This fix should 8064 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 8065 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 8066 the problem myself. 8067 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 8068 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 8069 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 8070 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 8071 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 8072 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 8073 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 8074 UUNET. 8075 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 8076 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 8077 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 8078 John Oleynick. 8079 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 8080 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 8081 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 8082 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 8083 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 8084 Nakamura. 8085 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 8086 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 8087 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 8088 University of Washington. 8089 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 8090 don't have an ``=value'' part. 8091 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 8092 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 8093 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 8094 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 8095 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 8096 of Cambridge University. 8097 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 8098 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 8099 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 8100 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 8101 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 8102 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 8103 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 8104 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 8105 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 8106 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 8107 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 8108 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 8109 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 8110 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 8111 a chance. 8112 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 8113 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 8114 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 8115 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 8116 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 8117 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 8118 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 8119 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 8120 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 8121 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 8122 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 8123 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 8124 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 8125 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 8126 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 8127 size for various mailers. 8128 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 8129 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 8130 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 8131 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 8132 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 8133 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 8134 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 8135 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 8136 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 8137 system. 8138 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 8139 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 8140 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 8141 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 8142 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 8143 Michel of Thomson CSF. 8144 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 8145 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 8146 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 8147 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 8148 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 8149 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 8150 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 8151 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 8152 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 8153 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 8154 University of Sydney. 8155 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 8156 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 8157 This is because of the known bug where definition of 8158 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 8159 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 8160 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 8161 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 8162 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 8163 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 8164 Suominen. 8165 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 8166 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 8167 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 8168 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 8169 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 8170 Suominen. 8171 Portability fixes: 8172 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 8173 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 8174 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 8175 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 8176 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 8177 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8178 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 8179 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 8180 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 8181 NEW FILES: 8182 src/Makefile.DomainOS 8183 src/Makefile.PTX 8184 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 8185 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 8186 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 8187 src/mailq.1 8188 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 8189 doc/op/Makefile 8190 doc/intro/Makefile 8191 doc/usenix/Makefile 8192 81938.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 8194 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 8195 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 8196 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 8197 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 8198 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 8199 permissions they should not have had (usually group 8200 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 8201 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 8202 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 8203 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 8204 Although this does not respond to a specific known 8205 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 8206 Christian Wettergren. 8207 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 8208 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 8209 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 8210 program by putting that in their .forward file. 8211 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 8212 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 8213 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 8214 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 8215 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 8216 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 8217 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 8218 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 8219 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 8220 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 8221 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 8222 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 8223 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 8224 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 8225 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 8226 connection to create problems on the current job. 8227 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 8228 the wrong place. 8229 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 8230 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 8231 problem that ignored the load average in locally 8232 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 8233 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 8234 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 8235 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 8236 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 8237 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 8238 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 8239 when sending error messages. This resulted in 8240 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 8241 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 8242 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 8243 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 8244 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 8245 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8246 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 8247 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 8248 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 8249 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 8250 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 8251 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 8252 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 8253 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 8254 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 8255 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 8256 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 8257 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 8258 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 8259 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 8260 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 8261 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 8262 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 8263 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 8264 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 8265 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 8266 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 8267 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 8268 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 8269 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 8270 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 8271 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 8272 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 8273 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 8274 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 8275 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 8276 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 8277 dot convention. 8278 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 8279 of from a clean exit. 8280 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 8281 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 8282 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 8283 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 8284 as the subject of an error message, even though the 8285 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 8286 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 8287 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 8288 Jones of UUNET. 8289 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 8290 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 8291 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 8292 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 8293 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 8294 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 8295 says that they should be ignored. 8296 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 8297 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 8298 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 8299 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 8300 is not reentrant. 8301 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 8302 documented in the Bat Book. 8303 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 8304 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 8305 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 8306 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 8307 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 8308 code during some parts of connection initialization. 8309 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 8310 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 8311 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 8312 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 8313 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8314 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 8315 of Kyoto University. 8316 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 8317 From P{r Emanuelsson. 8318 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 8319 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 8320 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 8321 Bryan Costales. 8322 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 8323 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 8324 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 8325 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 8326 Nakamura. 8327 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 8328 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 8329 illegal addresses appearing there). 8330 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 8331 BB&N. 8332 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 8333 included. 8334 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 8335 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 8336 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 8337 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 8338 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 8339 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 8340 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 8341 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 8342 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 8343 by the other end closing the connection. From 8344 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 8345 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 8346 to include a host name or other useful information. 8347 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 8348 DeMarco. 8349 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 8350 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 8351 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 8352 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 8353 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 8354 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 8355 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 8356 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 8357 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 8358 this properly). 8359 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 8360 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 8361 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 8362 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 8363 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 8364 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 8365 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 8366 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 8367 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 8368 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 8369 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 8370 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 8371 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 8372 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 8373 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 8374 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 8375 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 8376 of the Institute for Global Communications. 8377 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 8378 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 8379 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 8380 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 8381 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 8382 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 8383 Portability fixes for: 8384 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 8385 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 8386 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 8387 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 8388 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 8389 of Stoner Associates. 8390 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 8391 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 8392 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 8393 of Maryland. 8394 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 8395 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 8396 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 8397 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 8398 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 8399 RISC/os. 8400 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 8401 at Chico. 8402 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 8403 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 8404 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 8405 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 8406 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 8407 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 8408 since this is intended only for internal use, the 8409 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 8410 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 8411 addresses when relaying internally. 8412 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 8413 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 8414 provided by Peter Wemm. 8415 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 8416 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 8417 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 8418 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 8419 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 8420 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 8421 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 8422 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 8423 names. 8424 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 8425 rather than letting them get "local configuration 8426 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 8427 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 8428 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 8429 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 8430 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 8431 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 8432 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 8433 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 8434 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 8435 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 8436 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 8437 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 8438 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 8439 of Georgia Tech. 8440 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 8441 Jim Murray of Stratus. 8442 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 8443 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 8444 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 8445 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 8446 the local name prepended. 8447 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 8448 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 8449 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 8450 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 8451 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 8452 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 8453 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 8454 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 8455 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 8456 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 8457 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 8458 :include: files and accounts that have shells 8459 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 8460 cause some .forward files that have worked 8461 before to start failing. 8462 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 8463 NEW FILES: 8464 src/Makefile.DGUX 8465 src/Makefile.Dynix 8466 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 8467 src/Makefile.Mach386 8468 src/Makefile.NetBSD 8469 src/Makefile.RISCos 8470 src/Makefile.SCO 8471 src/Makefile.SVR4 8472 src/Makefile.Titan 8473 cf/mailer/pop.m4 8474 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 8475 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 8476 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 8477 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 8478 makemap/Makefile.dist 8479 praliases/Makefile.dist 8480 84818.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 8482 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 8483 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 8484 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 8485 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 8486 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 8487 class of attack. 8488 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 8489 in a few critical places. 8490 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 8491 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 8492 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 8493 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 8494 and High-Energy Physics. 8495 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 8496 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 8497 Eric Wassenaar. 8498 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 8499 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 8500 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 8501 Wassenaar. 8502 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 8503 really become relevant in the next release, but some 8504 people need it for local patches. From Michael 8505 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 8506 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 8507 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 8508 these can have different values depending on which 8509 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 8510 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 8511 what uid/gid processes ran as. 8512 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 8513 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 8514 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 8515 postmaster" case. 8516 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 8517 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 8518 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 8519 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 8520 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 8521 Christopher Davis. 8522 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 8523 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 8524 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 8525 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 8526 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 8527 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 8528 85298.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 8530 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 8531 addresses that get return-receipts. 8532 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 8533 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 8534 and end up sending the message several times. 8535 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 8536 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 8537 four hours". 8538 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 8539 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 8540 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 8541 Cornell University Medical College. 8542 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 8543 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 8544 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 8545 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 8546 Wassenaar. 8547 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 8548 connections fail during message collection. From 8549 Eric Wassenaar. 8550 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 8551 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 8552 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 8553 Stratus. 8554 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 8555 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 8556 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8557 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 8558 by non-root users were not put into 8559 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 8560 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 8561 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 8562 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 8563 could get confused as to whether a database was 8564 open or not. 8565 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 8566 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 8567 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 8568 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 8569 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 8570 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 8571 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 8572 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 8573 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 8574 85758.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 8576 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 8577 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 8578 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 8579 propagated to the queue file. 8580 85818.6/8.6 1993/10/05 8582 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 8583 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 8584 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 8585 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 8586 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 8587 header files but don't have the syscall. 8588 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 8589 if trymx == FALSE. 8590 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 8591 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 8592 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 8593 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8594 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 8595 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8596 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 8597 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 8598 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 8599 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 8600 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 8601 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 8602 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 8603 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 8604 Kanbe. 8605 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 8606 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 8607 Wisner of The Well. 8608 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 8609 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 8610 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 8611 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 8612 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 8613 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 8614 files that you should be able to read but have previously 8615 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 8616 read permission. 8617 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 8618 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 8619 MX suppression will still work. 8620 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 8621 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 8622 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 8623 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8624 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 8625 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 8626 Nakamura. 8627 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 8628 "CX $Z" works. 8629 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 8630 trying to send the original message if the connection 8631 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 8632 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 8633 by John Myers of CMU. 8634 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 8635 term bug. 8636 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 8637 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 8638 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 8639 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 8640 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 8641 queue interval. This is an important fix. 8642 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 8643 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 8644 ruleset testing a bit easier. 8645 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 8646 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 8647 level. 8648 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 8649 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 8650 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 8651 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 8652 address. 8653 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 8654 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 8655 Harvey Mudd College. 8656 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 8657 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 8658 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 8659 their full name information. 8660 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 8661 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 8662 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 8663 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 8664 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 8665 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 8666 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 8667 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 8668 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8669 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 8670 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 8671 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 8672 PC TCP/IP implementations. 8673 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 8674 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 8675 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 8676 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 8677 names. 8678 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 8679 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 8680 helpful. 8681 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 8682 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 8683 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 8684 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8685 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 8686 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 8687 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 8688 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 8689 that claims to be itself works properly. 8690 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 8691 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 8692 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 8693 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 8694 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 8695 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 8696 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 8697 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 8698 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 8699 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 8700 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 8701 scratch. 8702 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 8703 true address to still send to the original address 8704 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 8705 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 8706 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 8707 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 8708 more trouble than it was worth. 8709 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 8710 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 8711 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 8712 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 8713 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 8714 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 8715 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 8716 the queue. 8717 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 8718 messages don't come out with stale information. 8719 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 8720 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 8721 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 8722 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 8723 Myers of CMU. 8724 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 8725 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 8726 Corrigan. 8727 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 8728 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 8729 sender address. 8730 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 8731 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 8732 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 8733 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 8734 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 8735 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 8736 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 8737 that does bulk data transfer). 8738 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 8739 Amir Plivatsky. 8740 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 8741 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 8742 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 8743 bogus config files that were not caught. 8744 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 8745 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 8746 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 8747 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 8748 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 8749 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 8750 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 8751 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 8752 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 8753 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 8754 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 8755 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 8756 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 8757 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 8758 opened or if running with no database format defined. 8759 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 8760 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 8761 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 8762 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 8763 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 8764 Melbourne. 8765 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 8766 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 8767 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 8768 to match regular entries. 8769 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 8770 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 8771 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 8772 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 8773 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 8774 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 8775 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 8776 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 8777 error message so that the "subject" line of return 8778 messages is the best possible. 8779 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 8780 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 8781 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 8782 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 8783 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 8784 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 8785 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8786 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 8787 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 8788 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 8789 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 8790 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 8791 on the address. 8792 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 8793 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 8794 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 8795 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 8796 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 8797 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 8798 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 8799 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 8800 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 8801 addresses in any detail. 8802 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 8803 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 8804 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 8805 with an address such as "!foo". 8806 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 8807 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 8808 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 8809 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 8810 Bret Marquis. 8811 88128.5/8.5 1993/07/23 8813 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 8814 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 8815 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 8816 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 8817 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 8818 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 8819 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 8820 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 8821 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 8822 Nakamura. 8823 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 8824 are no DNS records matching the name. 8825 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 8826 original message was received ... from localhost". 8827 The correct original host information is now included. 8828 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 8829 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 8830 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 8831 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 8832 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 8833 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 8834 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 8835 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 8836 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 8837 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 8838 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 8839 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 8840 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 8841 88428.4/8.4 1993/07/22 8843 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 8844 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 8845 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 8846 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 8847 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 8848 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 8849 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 8850 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 8851 are really configuration errors. This option is 8852 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 8853 UIUC sendmail. 8854 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 8855 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 8856 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 8857 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 8858 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 8859 by Neil Rickert. 8860 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 8861 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 8862 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 8863 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 8864 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 8865 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 8866 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 8867 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 8868 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 8869 of dickering with error handling (see below). 8870 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 8871 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 8872 humans. 8873 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 8874 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 8875 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 8876 repaired). 8877 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 8878 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 8879 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 8880 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 8881 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 8882 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 8883 connection rather than sending QUIT. 8884 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 8885 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 8886 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 8887 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 8888 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 8889 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 8890 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 8891 core dumps on some machines. 8892 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 8893 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 8894 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 8895 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 8896 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 8897 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 8898 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 8899 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 8900 some true error conditions. 8901 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 8902 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 8903 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 8904 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 8905 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 8906 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 8907 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 8908 by Motonori Nakamura. 8909 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 8910 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 8911 caused error messages to be handled differently during 8912 a queue run than a direct run. 8913 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 8914 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 8915 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 8916 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 8917 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 8918 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 8919 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 8920 restart it. 8921 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 8922 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 8923 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 8924 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 8925 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 8926 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 8927 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 8928 is appropriately functional. 8929 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 8930 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 8931 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 8932 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 8933 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 8934 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 8935 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 8936 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 8937 Technologies. 8938 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 8939 process group id. The original fix was to get around 8940 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 8941 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 8942 different from the process id. I could try to fix 8943 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 8944 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 8945 things. 8946 Portability changes: 8947 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 8948 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 8949 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 8950 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 8951 of Colorado. 8952 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 8953 help other strict ANSI compilers. 8954 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 8955 Corporation. 8956 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 8957 documentation apparently doesn't define 8958 __STDC__ by default). 8959 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 8960 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 8961 Motonori Nakamura. 8962 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 8963 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 8964 several people have made a good argument that this 8965 creates more problems than it solves (although this 8966 may prove painful in the short run). 8967 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 8968 format. 8969 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 8970 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 8971 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 8972 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 8973 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 8974 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 8975 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 8976 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 8977 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 8978 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 8979 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 8980 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 8981 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 8982 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 8983 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 8984 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 8985 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 8986 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 8987 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 8988 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 8989 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 8990 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 8991 environments. Ugly as sin. 8992 89938.3/8.3 1993/07/13 8994 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 8995 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 8996 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 8997 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 8998 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 8999 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 9000 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 9001 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 9002 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 9003 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 9004 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 9005 "user friendly". 9006 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 9007 16 bytes/sec. 9008 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 9009 compatibility library. This also adds a new 9010 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 9011 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 9012 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 9013 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 9014 for quick test cases. 9015 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 9016 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 9017 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 9018 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 9019 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 9020 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 9021 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 9022 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 9023 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 9024 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 9025 From Michael Corrigan. 9026 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 9027 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 9028 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 9029 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 9030 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 9031 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 9032 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 9033 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 9034 Christophe Wolfhugel. 9035 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 9036 90378.2/8.2 1993/07/11 9038 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 9039 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 9040 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 9041 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 9042 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 9043 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 9044 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 9045 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 9046 from Bill Wisner. 9047 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 9048 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 9049 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 9050 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 9051 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 9052 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 9053 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 9054 match the other flags in that file. 9055 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 9056 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 9057 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 9058 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 9059 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 9060 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 9061 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 9062 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 9063 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 9064 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 9065 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 9066 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 9067 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 9068 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 9069 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 9070 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 9071 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 9072 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 9073 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 9074 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 9075 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 9076 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 9077 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 9078 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 9079 the root and directories leading up to your home); 9080 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 9081 be owned by you. 9082 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 9083 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 9084 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 9085 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 9086 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 9087 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 9088 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 9089 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 9090 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 9091 is separate; this is just intended to work around 9092 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 9093 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 9094 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 9095 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 9096 matching without a null it never tries again with a 9097 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 9098 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 9099 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 9100 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 9101 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 9102 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 9103 it adapts. 9104 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 9105 will insert the appropriate full name information; 9106 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 9107 way. 9108 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 9109 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 9110 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 9111 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 9112 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 9113 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 9114 only happen when there has been another error in the 9115 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 9116 by default in conf.h. 9117 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 9118 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 9119 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 9120 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 9121 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 9122 This output is not intended to be particularly human 9123 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 9124 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 9125 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 9126 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 9127 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 9128 See cf/README for an example. 9129 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 9130 sites that don't use the -d flag. 9131 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 9132 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 9133 has been requested by several people, but can break 9134 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 9135 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 9136 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 9137 broken. Use it sparingly. 9138 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 9139 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 9140 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 9141 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 9142 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 9143 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 9144 Bill Wisner of The Well. 9145 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 9146 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 9147 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 9148 91498.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 9150 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 9151 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 9152 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 9153 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 9154 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 9155 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 9156 91578.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 9158 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 9159 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 9160 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 9161 91628.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 9163 Another mailertable fix.... 9164 91658.1/8.1 1993/06/07 9166 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 9167